The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool October 17 2017 | From: TheEventChronicle / Infowars / Various We should begin with the 2014 opinion piece published by the NYT that, shockingly, few are familiar with.
It begins, “THINK back to your first childhood crush. Maybe it was a classmate or a friend next door..” doing their best to associate this sickening practice with our first feelings of love, otherwise implying that it is natural, if not normal.
In what can only be seen as shameless pandering to those behind the scenes, the article goes on from there to make the assertion that pedophiles are neither responsible for the crimes they commit, nor do they have the ability to stop themselves, effectively relieving these damaged individuals of all culpability and accountability for their actions.
The author goes as far as to label the crime a “disability,” with potential discrimination thereof. The writer makes the claim that the laws currently in place in the US are, “inconsistent and irrational,” and argues that these child molesters should be sent for treatment, as opposed to serving prison time for their heinous acts against the most defenseless of us all.
This is despite the overwhelming numbers that show just how often these “victims of impulse,” as the writer is trying to frame them, are “victims” of recidivism; the tendency of a convicted criminal to re-offend.
According to Harvard Medical School, estimates of recidivism among sexual offenders vary because studies define this term in different ways. One such Harvard review found recidivism rates as high as 50% among pedophiles.
“One long-term study of previously convicted pedophiles (with an average follow-up of 25 years) found that one-fourth of heterosexual pedophiles and one-half of homosexual or bisexual pedophiles went on to commit another sexual offense against children.".
One may be thinking, this is exactly why these troubled individuals need treatment, as the author suggests. No one can argue that one with such sickening desires does not need treatment, as that seems to be a foregone conclusion.
However, the issue in question is whether or not that treatment actually works, and most importantly, whether or not treatment can be, or should be, used in place of a correctional facility, as the author dangerously advocates.
A 2004 study published in the International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, which included 109 convicted sex offenders who completed therapy and 37 who dropped out, showed that the “non-completers,” were in fact more likely to commit another sexual crime.
The point being, that treatment does work to a certain degree and is important, as many can attest to, but not in place of a correctional facility when considering violent sexual criminals - and for one very clear reason. Researchers of the study noted that sex offenders who completed the therapy were not any more likely to show empathy toward their past victims.
This, in the opinion of some, shows a willingness to complete the therapy so as to move past it, but not with the intention to get better. The lack of empathy is a very important note, as the researchers documented, as it shows a lack of remorse. How can one feel that treatment for such a horrendous crime is effective if the perpetrator never shows any remorse for the acts they committed?
The running theme throughout the article is that those who engage in pedophilia, should not be treated as criminals, but as victims themselves, despite the fact that potentially half of them will victimize another child in the near future, and even those who complete the treatment were no more likely so show remorse for those they abused.
One could come to all kinds of conclusions about why this article was written, and what the intentions truly were, but at the end of the day, it could be chalked up to any number of agendas or personal experiences, on its own.
The next aspect to consider, was the abysmally bad coverage by the New York Times, of all the surrounding events and criminal acts in regard to the investigation that became known as “Pizzagate.” Now to be clear, you must do away with visions of Hillary Clinton in a pizza parlor basement with kids chained to the walls.
As I do not doubt that these sinister individuals would do, or have done just that, in the case of this investigation, those bullet points are being used to discredit and distract from the larger truth behind the scenes, and were likely thrown out when researchers began to get a bit too close, as with the case of Laura Silsby.
On numerous occasions while “covering” the Pizzagate investigation, the New York Times editorial staff took it upon themselves to ignore their charge as journalists to hold those in power accountable, and instead chose to completely omit the evidence at hand, in order to pander to the very individuals under scrutiny for pedophilia.
And the few articles the failing organization did choose to put out on the topic were shockingly devoid of any critical analysis of the information, while inserting their own feelingsabout the case, and “conspiracy theorists” as a whole. That is not journalism, its propaganda.
There is far too much information surrounding this case to rehash it all in a single article (for those interested, TLAV has done extensive research into the case, as have many others such as Titus Frost), yet it is not hard to see, even with a cursory glance, that there is truth to these claims backed up by some pretty damning evidence, as many are beginning to see.
Which brings us to a recent NYT piece entitled, “Why I Admire Anthony Weiner;” and yes, it was written after Weiner was arrested and sentenced to prison for acts of pedophilia. This one speaks for itself. And there is no hidden meaning, no metaphor to be had -as if that would make it any better, should the writer have some grand conclusion and explanation for why she is openly admiring a convicted pedophile.
The writer is simply making the case for why she admires his conduct during his trial, for which he was being held accountable, and rightly so, for his illegal actions with a 15-year-old girl. In essence, the author is saying that Weiner chose to take the high road, in accepting that he was responsible for his crime instead of blaming the disease, as many often do.
Yet this is a blatant attempt to minimize the negative press of both Weiner and the Democratic party. Despite him no longer holding a position, it still reflects very badly on the party, which is why they went to their knee-jerk political propaganda arm, The New York Times, to pump out a fluff piece.
In astonishingly oblivious fashion, the writer ignores the years of lies and manipulation that preceded Weiner’s display of what can only be seen as regret for being caught, as opposed to actual remorse.
How can it be admirable to sexually abuse an underage girl, lie about it for years, allow Hillary Clinton to cover it up for you, wait until they have you dead to rights, still deny the charges, then sobbingly admit to them in court when confronted with the overwhelming evidence? That’s easy, it’s not.
What we are witnessing here is what amounts to the acceptance and normalization of child abuse by the New York Times, in order to cover for some much larger issue at play. God only knows what those are… (well, and the independent media)
Weinstein’s rape scandal is only the beginning of Hollywood’s inevitable downfall.
Mark Dice breaks down Hollywood’s long history of sexual abuse allegations and Harvey Weinstein is only the tip of the iceberg.
New Zealand Police Use Baby Blood Samples October 17 2017 | From: MSN Police have used blood samples taken from people at birth to solve crimes and identify bodies.
Since 2006, police have been able to use blood "spot samples" taken from people at birth to get DNA samples under an agreement with the Ministry of Health.
The "heel prick tests" have been taken from newborns, with their parents' consent, since 1969 for screening of serious metabolic disorders that don't otherwise present symptoms until damage has occurred.
But the remaining blood is stored indefinitely with identifying details, unless parents request for it to be returned.
Police have now confirmed that in 2010 they used a stored spot sample to identify human remains, along with two successful homicide prosecutions - in 2010 and 2012 - although those also required court-ordered warrants.
They were also used to identify 13 victims of the Christchurch earthquake.
A police spokeswoman said they were used "rarely and as a last resort".
“Information shared ... is tightly protected and bound by all relevant laws, including the Privacy Act, the Official Information Act ... and the Human Tissue Act," she said.
The agreement with the ministry did not override any of those laws, she said.
The National Screening Units website explicitly states that left over blood samples can be used for forensic work by police.
"It is important to note that any request from police is reviewed very carefully," unit director Jane O'Hallahan said.
"The [agreement] ensures both parties take into account the overarching interests of the individual concerned and the wider public interest in law enforcement and public safety."
Almost all babies born in New Zealand are tested, but to date the samples had not been used for large-scale population studies, the unit said.
A Ministry of Health spokesman said the samples were usually given to police with the consent of family.
But Judith Furlong, the mother of killed teenager Jane Furlong, told Stuff she was stunned when she found out a sample from her daughter had been used for identification.
"Forty-two years ago they certainly didn't say they were keeping it. I had no idea," she said.
"It's invasive because they didn't inform you of anything."
Comment has been requested from the Privacy Commissioner.
Trump’s Odd And Ominous “Calm Before The Storm” Comment, Not Really Explained October 16 2017 | From: Vox / Various Nobody seems to know what, if anything, he was talking about. Comment: We are now at a critical juncture. It is very important to read the in-depth article by David Wilcock on the link below - as it appears that the exposure of the cabal is imminently close.
Over a week has passed since President Donald Trump ominously suggested, while standing with military leaders, that this could be “the calm before the storm.”
And still no one seems to know what, if anything, he was talking abour. Comment: See the link above.
To recap: On Thursday night, the White House press pool was unexpectedly called to witness a photo op with President Trump, various military officials, and their spouses, who were attending a dinner.
As cameras were rolling, Trump said:
“Maybe it’s the calm before the storm. Could be, the calm. The calm before the storm.” As reporters shouted questions, he said, "We have the world's great military people in this room, I will tell you that. And uh, we're gonna have a great evening.”
Then, when asked what he meant by “storm,” he ominously answered, “You’ll find out.” And when asked about the matter again on Friday, Trump again said, “You’ll find out.”
The presence of military leaders led some to speculate that Trump could be alluding to some coming military operation. (Though if some secret operation was being planned, it would be quite irresponsible for the president to publicly drop vague hints about it.)
If there is no planned military operation, then, could Trump have had other aims? For instance, could he be trying to vaguely bluff about a willingness to use force, signaling his unpredictability, perhaps with North Korea as the intended audience?
Or could he simply have been trying to create new headlines to distract from the reports that his secretary of state had called him a “moron?” Or was he just in the mood to make mischief for no real reason?
The speculation about these comments in Washington brings to mind Trump’s vague threat, back in May, that there could be “tapes” about his conversations with fired FBI director James Comey. It started with a tweet:
For over a month after that, reporters repeatedly asked administration officials and Trump himself about whether he had taped his conversations in the White House, and got only vague responses.
The president appeared to enjoy the speculation and often deliberately built suspense about it - he told reporters at one point that he’d reveal whether he had tapes “in the very near future.”
The general assumption was that Trump was full of it and had nothing. And in the end that did indeed prove to be the case. Trump finally tweeted on June 22 - nearly a month and a half after his initial claim - that “I did not make, and do not have, any such recordings.”
Let’s all hope the “calm before the storm” speculation has a similarly anticlimactic ending.
The (Authorized) Downfall Of Harvey Weinstein October 16 2017 | From: VigilantCitizen
He was once a powerful, untouchable Hollywood mogul. He has now fallen from grace and was fired from the company bearing his name. What happened?
Harvey Weinstein is the archetype of the sleazebag Hollywood producer. He promised young and beautiful actresses roles in exchange for sexual favors.
If things didn’t go his way, he would frown and say the typical Hollywood line: “You will never work in this town again”. If the subjects of his advances dared to turn on him, he would throw money at them until they shut up. Or worse, he would threaten to destroy their career through his mass media connections.
“Multiple sources said that Weinstein frequently bragged about planting items in media outlets about those who spoke against him; these sources feared that they might be similarly targeted.”
- The New Yorker, From Aggressive Overtures to Assault: Harvey Weinstein’s Accusers Tell Their Stories
If you’ve read other articles on this site, you already know that the Hollywood elite is filled with evil, sleazy, perverted, manipulative, and unusually cruel individuals.
Harvey Weinstein was one of them. And it wasn’t even hidden.
An Open Secret
For years, Weinstein’s string of sexual assaults was an open secret. Even worse, it was a running gag. Here’s a clip from the 2013 Oscars where Seth McFarlane alludes to Weinstein’s abuse of actresses.
The crowd laughter is somewhat disturbing.
Here’s a clip from 30 Rock about the character Jenna turning down Weinstein.
Weinstein’s sphere of power was not limited to Hollywood. He made his way into the political elite by becoming an important financial supporter of all major Democratic candidates over the past two decades.
According to the Center for Responsive Politics, Weinstein has personally donated $1.4 million to the Democratic Party, its candidates, and its committees since 1990. In addition, his network raised hundreds of thousands of dollars for Barack Obama in 2012 and Hillary Clinton in 2016, which allowed him to reach a higher level on the donors’ scale, and a higher level of access.
For instance, in August 2011, Weinstein invited New York VIPs (including stars such as Gwyneth Paltrow and Alicia Keys) to his New York home for a fundraising reception for President Barack Obama – who was in attendance. Yes, Obama was at his house.
Harvey Weinstein was also a regular at the White House. In 2011, he was at the table of honor at a State Department lunch with Hillary Clinton and Angela Merkel. In 2012, he was at a State dinner in honor of the British Prime Minister David Cameron. Weinstein’s wife, Georgina Chapman, designed Michelle Obama’s gown for the occasion.
On June 20, 2016, Hillary Clinton attended a fundraiser at Weinstein’s New York home where about 60 attendees each paid $33,400 or more to attend. Yes, Clinton was at his house.
“With the candidate there in person, a June 20, 2016 fundraiser at Weinstein’s Manhattan home snared $1.8 million for the Clinton campaign.
The Leonardo DiCaprio, Jennifer Lopez, Sarah Jessica Parker and Matthew Broderick attended event was one of many Weinstein was involved in last year in Clinton’s battle for the nomination and then against Donald Trump in her effort to become America’s first female President.
Pushing others to write hefty checks, Weinstein himself gave thousands personally to Clinton campaign and $30,000 to the Clinton Victory Fund."
For decades, Weinstein appeared to be untouchable, but something happened recently. The elite stopped protecting him. The omerta was over. Rumors turned into on-the-record accounts and, soon after, the floodgates were opened.
Since then, a mind-boggling number of Hollywood actresses have come forward, accusing Weinstein of everything from “inappropriate behavior” to all-out r**e. Here’s the most recent list of accusations.
Cara Delevingne: The model turned actress said Weinstein tried to get her to engage in a threesome with him and another woman in a New York City hotel room
Gwyneth Paltrow:The star told the New York Times that Weinstein touched her and suggested having joint massages in the bedroom before she started shooting the 1996 film Emma. She said she told her then boyfriend Brad Pitt about the incident and he confronted the mogul.
Angelina Jolie: Jolie told the Times she had to turn down advances from Weinstein in 1998 and chose never to work with him again. She said she warned other women about him.
Louisette Geiss: Actress was called to a late night meeting with Weinstein in 2008. He allegedly emerged in a bathrobe and told her he would green light her script if she watched him mastUrbate. She left the meeting.
Judith Godreche: The French actress says Weinstein tried to massage her and pull off her sweater after asking her up to his Cannes suite to see the view in 1996.
Dawn Dunning: Aspiring actress says she was called to a meeting about future film projects in 2003. When she arrived Weinstein presented her with three scripts for his next three movies which he would let her star in, only if she had three-way with him. She fled the hotel.
Tomi-Ann Roberts: Weinstein met her when she was serving tables as a college junior in 1984 and told her to meet him at his home. When she arrived, she says, he was naked in the bath and told her she would give a better audition if she was nude. She says she refused and left.
Asia Argento: The Italian actress has accused Weinstein of forcibly performing oral on her when she was 21. ‘He terrified me, and he was big. It wouldn’t stop. It was a nightmare.’ She said she went on to have consensual relations with him over the years that followed. She documented the alleged attack in her 2000 film “Scarlet Diva”.
Katherine Kendall: The Swingers actress was told Weinstein had to stop off in his apartment to pick something up after a screening in 1993. He changed into a bathrobe and told her to massage him. When she resisted she said the mogul returned naked and chased her.
Lucia Evans: The actress, formerly known as Lucia Stoller, claims Weinstein forced her to perform oral on him in 2004. Speaking to the New Yorker, she said that she suffered years of trauma after the incident, which occurred in a ‘casting meeting’ in a Miramax office in Manhattan. He reportedly called her late at night after the incident.
Mira Sorvino: The “Mighty Aphrodite” actress told the New Yorker that Weinstein tried to massage her in a hotel room at the 1995 Toronto International Film Festival. He then went to her home in the middle of the night, but she called a male friend to protect her, she claimed. She said turning down the mogul adversely affected her career.
Rosanna Arquette: The actress also said her career suffered after she rebuffed Weinstein’s advances in the early 1990s. At a hotel meeting he tried to put her hand on his erect penis, she claims.
Rose McGowan: The actress, who made her breakthrough in 1996 in the Weinstein-produced slasher revival movie “Scream”, reportedly sued Weinstein after he assaulted her in 1997 at the Sundance Film Festival. She signed a non-disclosure agreement at the close of the suit and has only referred to him obliquely in social media since. On Sunday, she referred to being abused by a ‘monster’ and has previously referred to being raped by a studio head.
Ashley Judd: Judd’s film roles include the 1997 thriller “Kiss the Girls” – and says that during the filming of that movie, Weinstein repeatedly asked her to watch him shower. She was one of the women who spoke out to The New York Times this week, saying: ‘Women have been talking about Harvey amongst ourselves for a long time, and it’s simply beyond time to have the conversation publicly.’
Emma De Caunes: French actress Emma de Caunes said that she met Weinstein in 2010, soon after he told her he had a script he was producing based on a book with a strong female character. Weinstein offered to show her the script, and asked her up to his hotel room, where he began to take a shower. He then emerged naked and with an erection, asking her to lay down with him on the bed and telling her that many had done so before. ‘I was very petrified,’ said de Caunes. ‘But I didn’t want to show him that I was petrified, because I could feel that the more I was freaking out, the more he was excited.’
Lauren O’Connor: A former employee of The Weinstein Company, she told executives there in the fall of 2015 that there was ‘a toxic environment for women at this company’ after one of her colleagues told her that Weinstein had pressured her into massaging him while he was naked, the NYT said.
Ambra Battilana: An Italian actress and model, she told the NYT that in March 2015 Weinstein invited her to his New York office. There, she said, he asked if her breasts were real before grabbing them and putting his hands up her skirt. She reported the alleged incident to police, but they did not press charges. According to the NYT, Weinstein later paid her off.
Jessica Barth: Weintein reportedly pressured Barth, an actress, to give him a naked massage in the Peninsula Hotel from 2011 onwards.
Laura Madden: An ex-employee, she told the NYT that Weinstein had asked her to give him massages from 1991 onwards, while they were both in London and Dublin. ‘It was so manipulative,’ she told the NYT. ‘You constantly question yourself – am I the one who is the problem?’ Weinstein denied knowledge.
Emily Nestor: Nestor had been a temporary employee of the Weinstein Company for just one day in 2014 when Weinstein approached her and offered to boost her career in exchange for relations, the NYT reported.
Zelda Perkins: An assistant of Weinstein’s, based in London in 1998; then 25, she reportedly confronted Weinstein after she and ‘several’ others were harassed and later settled out of court.
Elizabeth Karlsen: The Oscar-nominated producer of “Carol” and “The Crying Game”, among others, told The Hollywood Reporter on Sunday that almost 30 years ago, an unnamed young female executive who had worked at Miramax with Weinstein had found him naked in her bedroom one night. The exec was in a house rented by Miramax at the time to cut its overhead costs.
Liza Campbell: A freelance script reader, she told the UK’s Sunday Times that Weinstein had summoned her to his hotel room in London before telling her to get in the bath with him.
Lauren Sivan: The former Fox news host said that Weinstein trapped her in a closed restaurant and masturbated in front of her to completion in 2007. He took her to a closed restaurant beneath a club she had visited and attempted to kiss her, then when she refused, he cornered her and made her watch him touch himself, according to The Huffington Post.
Jessica Hynes: The British actress, best known for her roles in the Bridget Jones movies and for co-creating and co-writing the sitcom “Spaced”, said she was invited to audition for Weinstein when she was 19 – in a bikini. Hynes, formerly known as Jessica Stevenson, said she refused to wear the skimpy item – and lost the job.
Romola Garai: British actress Romola Garai said she felt ‘violated’ following a meeting with Harvey Weinstein in his London hotel room when she was 18 in which he was in a bathrobe. Garai, best known for her role in “Atonement”, said she had already been hired for a part but was told to audition privately with the Hollywood mogul because ‘you had to be personally approved by him’. ‘Like every other woman in the industry, I’ve had an ‘audition’ with Harvey Weinstein,’ she told The Guardian. ‘So I had to go to his hotel room in the Savoy and he answered the door in his bathrobe. I was only 18. I felt violated by it’.
Unnamed assistant: Weinstein allegedly behaved inappropriately toward a woman employed as his assistant in 1990. The case was settled out of court.
Another unnamed assistant: In 2015, Weinstein reportedly pressured another assistant into giving him a naked massage in the Peninsula Hotel, where he is also said to have pressured Barth.
Unnamed Miramax employee: At one point in the early 1990s, a young woman is alleged to have suddenly left the company after an encounter with Weinstein. She also settled out of court.
Unnamed woman: A woman who did not wish to be named because she feared Weinstein’s connections told The New York Times that the producer had summoned her to his hotel at an unknown date and raped her.
– Daily Mail
More than 30 women have now gone forward and accused Weinstein of all kinds of misconducts. Some of these allegations date from over 20 years ago. Hillary Clinton went on record to claim that she was “sick, shocked, and appalled” – as if this was all ground-shaking news to her.
Why is this all unraveling now? Why did these stars come forward at the same time? When Weinstein was protected by the elite, the actresses who tried to tell their stories were told no one would believe them, to shut up, that it was no big deal, and, if they persisted, to take hush money.
Now, whether it was the result of too many well-known women being willing to go on record or some other un-reported reason, Weinstein has fallen from the grace of the Hollywood elite. The media wall that used to protect him–the same way it continues to protect countless other elite abusers - has fallen.
Weinstein is now in the midst of a classical American “downfall”. In the span of a few days, accusations flew from everywhere, his marriage fell apart, and he was fired from his own company.
Despite all of this, many fear that Weinstein might “pull a Polanski” and avoid any kind of legal prosecution. (Roman Polanski was accused of the abuse of a 13-year-old girl, but avoided prosecution in the US by fleeing to Europe. He continues to be revered as a director.)
While Weinstein’s Hollywood career is over, he might just be able to sit on his millions of dollars and avoid jail for the rest of his life. So far, no criminal charges have been brought against him.
Lindsay Lohan Doesn’t Agree
Going against this tidal wave of accusations is Lindsay Lohan. In a bizarre Instagram video, Lohan (with her new accent) stated:
“He’s never harmed me or did anything to me. We’ve done several movies together. I think everyone needs to stop; I think it’s wrong. So stand up.”
This video was rather unexpected because Lohan of the most obvious cases of Hollywood celebrity being “abused” by the elite. She even appears in photoshoots describing her status as Beta Kitten.
Lindsay Lohan in a photoshoot by Tyler Shields where she is about to be “used” by a bunch of men.
Lohan’s video was deleted after about an hour. Rose McGowan, one of the most vocal accusers of Weinstein tweeted:
“Please go easy on Lindsay Lohan. Being a child actor turned sex symbol twists the brain in ways you can’t comprehend.”
She is right. Child actors are repeatedly abused and traumatized to create MK slaves out of them. As explained in this article, Lohan’s sudden change in accent and speech pattern is a symptom of trauma-based mind control.
Although the allegations against Weinstein are appalling and disgusting, they represent only the very tip of the iceberg of the sordid actions “rumored” about the Hollywood elite. What about child sex trafficking rings? Ritual abuse? MK slaves? Ordered assassinations?
Of course, divulging this information would put at risk the scumbags that are still under elite protection. Right now, the allegations against Weinstein involve Weinstein only, and that’s how they want to keep it. It is a controlled demolition.
Actor James Van Der Beek published a few tweets in support of the actresses who spoke up and revealed that it happened to him as well.
As you can see, he does not name these “old, powerful men”. Why? Because they are still protected.
Was Weinstein involved in more than sleazy Hollywood producer sexual assault? We probably won’t find out, but the last paragraph of the New Yorker article about Weinstein definitely makes one wonder.
“He’s been systematically doing this for a very long time,” the former employee who had been made to act as a “honeypot” told me. She said that she often thinks of something Weinstein whispered - to himself, as far as she could tell - after one of his many shouting sprees at the office. It so unnerved her that she pulled out her iPhone and tapped it into a memo, word for word: “There are things I’ve done that nobody knows.”
New Study Provides Further Evidence Of Low IQ In Children Due To Fluoride Exposure October 15 2017 | From: ActivistPost / Various
A new study has found that prenatal exposure to fluoride may contribute to lower IQ in children, the latest in a number of studies indicating health and cognitive issues as a result of fluoride exposure.
The researchers called the study “one of the first and largest longitudinal epidemiological studies to exist that either address the association of early life exposure to fluoride to childhood intelligence or study the association of fluoride and cognition using individual biomarker of fluoride exposure.” The study was funded in part by the U.S. National Institutes of Health.
The research team studied participants from Mexico’s Early Life Exposures in Mexico to Environmental Toxicants (ELEMENT) project by measuring the amount of fluoride present in the mothers’ urine during pregnancy and again when their children were 6 to 12 years old.
The researchers found that higher prenatal fluoride exposure was associated with lower scores on tests for cognitive function at age four and between ages six and twelve. The researchers acknowledge that their results are “somewhat consistent” with past ecological studies which indicate children living in areas of high fluoride exposure have lower IQ scores than those in low-exposure areas.
“Our findings, combined with evidence from existing animal and human studies, reinforce the need for additional research on potential adverse effects of fluoride, particularly in pregnant women and children, and to ensure that the benefits of population-level fluoride supplementation outweigh any potential risks,” the researchers write.
Dr. Leonardo Trasande, a pediatrician who studies potential links between environmental exposures and health problems at New York University Langone Health, told Newsweek the study was “well-conducted” and “raises serious concerns about fluoride supplementation in water.”
The Fluoride Action Network, an advocacy group focused on promoting an end to fluoridation, noted that the researchers made efforts to control for a range of variables that could skew the results, including socioeconomic status, smoking, alcohol use, and health problems during pregnancy.
FAN also noted that the fluoride levels ingested by the Mexican mothers “was about the same as that in women in the USA.” More specifically, the organization notes that “the higher levels were similar to what is found in areas in the USA with fluoridated water, and the lower levels were similar to what is found in most unfluoridated parts of the USA.” Mexico does not have a water fluoridation program, but instead adds fluoride to table salt.
However, despite the new study and its provocative conclusions, the American Dental Association continues to ignore a growing body of evidence indicating the health dangers of fluoride. After looking at the study, the ADA “concludes the findings are not applicable to the U.S.
The ADA continues to endorse fluoridation of public water as the most effective public health measure to prevent tooth decay.” Consumers should note that exposure to fluoride via dental cleaning is vastly different from exposure via water fluoridation.
What is Fluoride?
The substances added to municipal water supplies known by the name fluoride are actually a combination of unpurified byproducts of phosphate mining, namely hydrofluorosilicic acid, sodium fluorosilicate, and sodium fluoride. In the United States thousands of tons of fluorosilicic acid is recovered from phosphoric acid plants and then used for water fluoridation. During this process the fluoride ion is created.
This process of taking waste from the phosphate industry and putting it into drinking water has long been criticized for its effects on human health and the environment. It is well known that water fluoridation has led to dental fluorosis for millions of children. This discoloring of the teeth was called “cosmetically objectionable” by the Centers for Disease Control.
Beyond the cosmetic effect there have been several studies indicating overwhelming health issues related to fluoride, especially for children. Another recent study found a connection between exposure to water fluoridated at relatively low concentrations and a reduced IQ among children.
A study published in the journal General Dentistry warns that infants are at risk of dental fluorosis due to overexposure from fluoride in commercially available infant foods. The researchers analyzed 360 different samples of 20 different foods ranging from fruits and vegetables, chicken, turkey, beef, and vegetarian dinners.
Chicken products had the highest concentrations of fluoride, followed by turkey. The New York State Coalition Opposed to Fluoridation (NYSCOF) reports that the fluoride levels were due to pesticides, fertilizers, soil, groundwater, and/or fluoridated water. The high levels found in the chicken and turkey can be attributed to “fluoride-saturated bone dust” involved in the process of mechanically separating the meat.
Another study published in Environmental Health found a potential connection between fluoride exposure and the prevalence of adult attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in children.
The researchers studied data on ADHD among children age four to seventeen collected in 2003, 2007 and 2011 as part of the National Survey of Children’s Health, as well as state water fluoridation data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) collected between 1992 and 2008 .
It is the first study to analyze the relationship between exposure to fluoridated water and ADHD prevalence.
The team discovered that children living in areas with a majority of the population receiving fluoridated water from public water systems “tended to have a greater proportion of children and adolescents diagnosed with ADHD. ” The researchers concluded that:
“This study has empirically demonstrated an association between more widespread exposure to fluoridated water and increased ADHD prevalence in U.S. children and adolescents, even after controlling for socioeconomic status (SES). The findings suggest that fluoridated water may be an environmental risk factor for ADHD.”
In addition to these studies related to fluoride and children, dozens of other studies have indicated a variety of health problems. A recent study published in the Journal of Analytical Chemistry indicates that fluoride ions found in fluoridated water and toothpaste may lead to an increase in Urinary Stone Disease (USD).
The study was conducted by chemists from Russia and Australia, led by Pavel Nesterenko at the University of Tasmania. The team studied 20 urinary stones from patients at a Russian hospital and discovered fluoride ions in 80% of the stones. This could be due to high levels of fluoride in patients’ urine, possibly from drinking water containing fluorides and ingesting fluoride toothpaste.
A study published in the BMJ’s Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health confirmed fluoride’s negative effect on the thyroid gland and a possible connection to depression, weight gain, and other negative health effects. Researchers with the University of Kent in England examined thyroid activity for those in areas with fluoridated water and those without.
The team examined 95 percent of the English population in 2012 and 2013 and found that high rates of underactive thyroid were 30% more likely in areas with high fluoride concentration. An underactive thyroid can lead to depression, weight gain, fatigue and aching muscles.
The reasons for opposing water fluoridation include: fear of a variety of health concerns; the belief that it is force to medicate the population without their approval; financial waste; and environmental concerns related to phosphate mines where the chemical is found.
Whatever reason you choose for standing against fluoride, it is abundantly clear that fluoride is an outdated, dangerous process that should cease immediately.
Fluoride Causes Cancer - Dr Dean Burk Ph.D
"In point of fact, fluoride causes more human cancer death, and causes it faster than any other chemical."
- Dean Burk - Congressional Record 21 July 1976
"They (ACS) lie like scoundrels."
-
Dean Burk, Ph.D., 34 years at the National Cancer Institute.
- Dr Dean Burk National Cancer Institute says his Fluoride study links to increase cancer risk -"When you have power you don't have to tell the truth. That's a rule that's been working in this world for generations. And there are a great many people who don't tell the truth when they are in power in administrative positions."
- Dr. Dean Burk former head of National Cancer Institute Research
Finally Parents Begin Removing Their Children From Public Indoctrination Center Over Teaching Transgenderism October 15 2017 | From: DCClothesline / Various
“California’s Rocklin Academy has a long waiting list for admissions, but that isn’t stopping some parents from pulling their children out of the prestigious charter school after a kindergarten class was exposed to transgender “indoctrination” without parental notification.
Several families have pulled their children out of the Sacramento-area school since the end of the last academic year, when a male kindergartener was reintroduced to his class as a girl and two children’s books espousing transgender ideology were read to the class.
Karen England, executive director of the pro-family Capitol Resource Institute, has been working with Rocklin families to enact a policy that would require the school to notify parents before controversial matters are discussed in the classroom, but the school has resisted.
“There are overall 11 families that have pulled their kids out of that school,” Ms. England said. “A minimum of 11. There may be more - I just found out about another one today. A lot of parents are just finding out about this, so it’s just the beginning.”
Elizabeth Ashford, a spokeswoman for Rocklin Academy, confirmed that seven children officially have been unenrolled since the end of the last school year. She downplayed the matter, saying it is common for children to change schools for a variety of reasons.
“For context, there are 1,280 students at Rocklin Academy elementary, and there’s a long wait list to get in,” Ms. Ashford said in a statement. “So, [it’s] not a phenomenon.”
More families should remove their children from this school and start to homeschool their children free or begin to form co-ops where several children are homeschooled by a trusted neighborhood parent.
Nothing will change unless parents begin to assert their parental authority in the area of education of their children.
“Rod Dreher, senior editor at The American Conservative, published several emails from a father who said he pulled two of his young daughters out of a public charter school in the District of Columbia after one of their teachers read “I am Jazz” to her class and held a discussion about gender identity.
When he wrote an email to the school’s principal asking for his children “to be exempt from any classroom discussions or instruction relating to the topics of gender identity, marital norms or sexuality,” the principal declined.
“The book used is one that is a respected text in honoring the diversity of our children,” the principal wrote. “It is a text that explains a real situation that many children face in self-acceptance, acceptance by others and being true to themselves. We feel the classroom is the appropriate place to share such messages.”
The father requested that the names of the school and principal be withheld because he didn’t want to start a public fight over the issue.
“We just want to raise awareness and encourage parents to ask their children direct questions about this kind of stuff,” he wrote. “If I hadn’t brought up this topic with my daughter, I would’ve never known what she was exposed to, nor would I have known that the school was systematically indoctrinating kids and doing so behind the backs of parents who had asked them to do otherwise.”
As schools are working to “program” children to think, be and act a certain way, sometimes against parental teachings, toward the mythical “transgenderism,” no report, study or scientific evidence supports the idea that identifying as one sex while being another is normal; but, in fact, it is dysphoric and children outgrow this by a substantial margin.
“A report published in The New Atlantis by a pair of Johns Hopkins researchers, biostatistician Lawrence S. Mayer and psychiatrist Paul R. McHugh, pointed to evidence that children “outgrow cross-gender identification” at a high rate.
A study conducted by Toronto therapist Kenneth Zucker, for instance, found that out of 25 girls who received therapy to treat feelings of gender incongruence, only three showed signs of gender identity disorder 30 years later.
Mr. Mayer and Dr. McHugh conclude that there is “little evidence that the phenomenon of transgender identity has a biological basis” or that it has “a high rate of persistence in children.”
What is this push to introduce this topic to children whose developmental level is at a stage where this “concept” is beyond their reasoning capability?
As Anita Bryant once said, who homosexuals aggressively vilified for it but in the end has been vindicated, and I paraphrase, “Homosexuals cannot have children so they must recruit ours.”
Moreover, the education, oops, indoctrination system disguised as an education system employs radical thinking individuals entrusted to undermine the parental authority of children during the hours in the system.
“Public school teachers are behind a leading far-left militant group that is part of the Antifa network that federal officials say is committing “domestic terrorist violence.”
By Any Means Necessary, which has played a key role in riots in Berkeley, Sacramento and elsewhere, has dozens of public school teachers among its members, including among its most prominent leaders.
The FBI and Department of Homeland Security began paying closer attention to Antifa groups in general after BAMN and other extremists started a riot and attacked marchers at a white nationalist rally in Sacramento last July, Politico reported on Friday. The Sacramento violence left at least 10 people hospitalized, several of whom had knife wounds.
One of BAMN’s most prominent organizers is Yvette Felarca, a Berkeley middle school teacher and pro-violence militant. Felarca currently faces charges of inciting a riot for her role in the Sacramento violence.”
The article indicated, “BAMN’s members appear to be mixing their far-left activism with their roles as teachers.”
“BAMN organizer and high school teacher Nicole Conaway organized a “sickout” at her school in 2015, leading other teachers in calling in sick to protest the policies of Republican Gov. Rick Snyder. The sickout forced six Detroit-area schools to cancel classes, affecting nearly 4,000 students.
…
In Berkeley, Felarca and other BAMN members repeatedly abused their positions of influence over students in service of their own radical goals, Berkeley’s public school district charged in court filings obtained by local news organization Berkeleyside.
Despite repeated warnings, the district said Felarca continued to try to recruit students into her radical organization, including during work hours. The leftist teacher frequently tried to bring students on school-sponsored trips to BAMN-related activities, the district said, describing the trips as attempts to “indoctrinate” the students.
The school district accused Felarca and other BAMN members of weaponizing students to derail disciplinary hearings for Felarca, after student protesters repeatedly swarmed into the disciplinary hearings. The school district claimed that Felarca and other BAMN members “were actively trying to brainwash and manipulate” students to serve her “own selfish interests,” calling her conduct “particularly reprehensible.” Felarca continues teaching today.
Oakland Technical High School teacher and BAMN member Tania Kappner worked with Felarca this past January to organize students and teachers in a walkout in protesting Trump. Kappner was identified in the media as a BAMN member as early as 2011.
BAMN is active within both the National Education Association - the nation’s largest teacher’s union - as well as with local and regional teacher’s unions in Michigan and California.”
These ones are known. How many are not known?
To put it bluntly, children attending government sanctioned indoctrination centers disguised as educational institutions are in danger.
The only protections children have are their parents.
If, as parents, we are not willing to protect our children from this type of encroachment upon our children’s minds and lives, then, we as parents are not much of a parent.
Adults holding these far left ridiculous ideologies outside of God’s teachings and our Constitution are perfectly fine for their children to be damaged and indoctrinated into a life of anarchism, subservience, emotional turmoil and mental confusion.
But, those holding to God’s word and constitutionalist views are not or may not be satisfied with this “disease” afflicting a system that should be for educating children.
Who will speak for our children while they are unable to speak for themselves?
It is becoming critical for parents to ask that of themselves; then, answer it and act upon that answer.
How The US Became A Warmonger Police State October 14 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Professor David Ray Griffin is a tenacious person. He has written a number of carefully researched books that demonstrate the extraordinary shortcomings in the official account of the 9/11 attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon and the subsequent anthrax attack.
He has provided the mountains of evidence completely ignored by the US government’s account and the presstitute media.
In his recently published latest book, Bush and Cheney: How They Ruined America and the World , Professor Griffin demonstrates how 9/11 was used by the Zionist Neoconservatives, the Cheney/Bush regime, and the military/security complex with the complicity of Congress and the US media to create Islamophobia among the American public in order to launch wars of aggression against Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Yemen, Syria, and provinces of Pakistan with Iran in the crosshairs.
These wars are based on lies and fabricated “evidence,” on determination to control pipelines and oil flows, on maximizing profits for the military/security corporations in which Cheney has a personal interest, and on extending neoconservative hegemony over the world.
One consequence has been the destruction of US constitutional protections that protect liberty and violations of US and international law such as the laws against torture.
Another consequence has been millions of displaced refugees from Washington’s wars over-running the countries of Europe.
Indeed, Europe faces a “Camp of the Saints” situation, and the US now has a police state in which all citizens are subject to: indefinite detention (imprisonment) on suspicion alone without conviction or evidence presented to a court; assassination on suspicion alone without due process of law; and total violation of privacy, including body cavities, without presentation of a court warrant. American women are now subjected to having their vaginas examined by police in public on the roadside.
The hoax “war on terror” has turned America into a Gestapo state. Not many Americans directly experience the consequences, but they will be denied valid information as the Gestapo American state closes down all dissent on the grounds that it is harmful to national security.
People who speak their minds will find that they no longer have First Amendment protection.
Every passing day truth is less and less prevalent in the United States. Democratic control over the government is already nonexistent. Essentially, Americans live in the Fourth Reich which has already budded and is now blossoming.
Wars and their expense will continue to multiply as the military/security complex uses manufactured “threats” to continue the excessive flow of American resources into more weapons to be used in the destruction of more countries.
Professor Griffin provides the details of the story of how the United States ceased to be a free country ruled by law and became instead a threat both to American civil liberty and to life on earth.
In world polls 25% of the respondents recognize the United States as the greatest threat to peace in the world. This is 5 times higher than those who regard North Korea and Iran as threats, much less Venezuela which does not even register.
When Trump gave his UN speech he should have said that the United States, controlled as it is by the CIA and military/security complex, is the great threat that the entire world faces, including Americans.
But Trump has betrayed us. He accepted the aggressive militarist neoconservative line that the military/security complex, about which President Eisenhower warned us, to no avail, in 1961, 56 years ago, is the hegemonic police power chosen by History to protect the peace of the world.
[Comment: Wrong. You are out of the loop PKR. You are not aware of the existence of the Alliance and that is why you make such erroneous observations.]
It must reassure the 7 or 8 countries bombed into the stone age by Washington’s might that their destruction is “protecting the peace of the world.”
Hungarian PM: ‘Christian Duty’ To Fight ‘Satan’s Soros Plan To Bring Migrants Into Europe’ + Sharia Law is NOT Islamic Law October 14 2017 | From: Infowars / Various
Hungary must accept 1 million migrants a year, says Soros.
A Hungarian MP slammed billionaire George Soros and supporters for attempting to dilute the spirit of Europe with “the forced settlement of tens of millions of migrants.” He claimed there is a Christian duty to fight what he called “Satan’s Soros” plan.
The lawmaker in question, Andras Aradszki, who represents the Christian Democratic People’s Party (KDNP), claimed that “Soros and his comrades want to destroy the independence and values of nation states,” as cited by the Budapest Beacon.
According to Aradszki this is happening “for the purpose of watering down the Christian spirit of Europe with the forced settlement of tens of millions of migrants.”
“But the fight against Satan is a Christian duty. Yes, I speak of an attack by Satan, who is also the angel of denial, because they are denying what they are preparing to do - even when it is completely obvious. They frantically try to prove that there is no [refugee] quota, there is no compulsory settlement, and the Soros Plan does not exist,” Aradszki noted.
“The national consultation is an outstanding opportunity for us to make our opinions known about Satan’s Soros Plan,” he concluded. On Sunday, the Chief Security Advisor to the Prime Minister, Gyorgy Bakondi, warned of the implications of the “Soros Plan.”
“This may have serious consequences for the sovereignty of member states, for the nations themselves, and also with regard to the security of European citizens,” he pointed out.
“EU has to accept at least a million asylum-seekers annually for the foreseeable future. And, to do that, it must share the burden fairly.”
“Adequate financing is critical,” the billionaire wrote. “The EU should provide £10,000 (€15,000) per asylum-seeker for each of the first two years to help cover housing, health care, and education costs – and to make accepting refugees more appealing to member states.”
Prime Minister Viktor Orban, who has repeatedly blamed Hungarian-born Soros of fueling the refugee crisis in Europe, said that “Brussels has come under George Soros’s influence.”
“We have revealed the existence of the Soros plan, and the drafter himself admitted that it exists. We have placed it in the focus of politics,” the prime minister said in an interview to public radio on Friday.
In July, Orban accused Soros of using the EU in order to create a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” according to AP.
The prime minister said that Soros is now more powerful in Brussels than in Washington or Tel Aviv and he argued that European institutions should fight to limit his influence.
He noted that reforming Europe can only begin by stopping illegal migration into the EU and that Hungary’s border defenses will help with that effort.
Late last month Orban called on Hungarians to participate in the government’s public survey on the “Soros plan,” noting that it will help the country shield itself from migration. The survey dubbed “national consultation” will ask Hungarians for their view on whether or not Hungary should become an immigrant country.
“We want a Hungarian Hungary and a European Europe,” Orban said on the first day of parliament’s autumn session.
Last week Goran Buldioski, director of Soros’ Open Society Initiatives in Europe, told AP that Soros and his foundations support “more coherent and humane policies for helping to resettle migrants fleeing oppression and violence in their homelands” but that “there is no such thing as a global conspiracy against Hungary.”
Hungary is engaged in a bitter row with the EU over the refugee relocation quotas, together with Poland and Slovakia. The issue dates back to the EU decision made in 2015 to rehouse some 160,000 refugees from Greece and Italy over a period of two years, only around 27,700 of whom have been settled so far.
Hungary claimed in September that its fences on the borders with Croatia and Serbia had helped to cut the inflow of migrants by 99.7 percent since 2015.
The small inland nation now has one quarter of the length of its borders protected by a fence. The Hungarian border fence has been repeatedly criticized by other European countries, as well as by EU politicians, but Budapest has resisted pressure to remove it.
Sharia Law is NOT Islamic Law
The recent United States of America, Inc. ruling that Sharia Law cannot be practiced in the States is a correct interpretation of Corporate Law (Maritime,
Admiralty, Law of the Sea or Statute Law). It comes as a shock to most Muslims but what most Muslims do not recognize or understand is that Sharia Law is NOT Islamic Law as defined by the Holy Quran. That is the real shocker.
For those who have actually taken the time to study the Quran, as I have , from various points of view (religious, social, legal, financial and economic perspectives), it is easy to see that this Holy Book is a basic Common Law Guide that codifies much of what all other fundamental religious, social and legal texts repeat.
Just by a simple study of the often repeated verses that are usually in the first few verses of each Sura (Chapter) one can quickly see the fundamental pattern summarized as “Oh Ye who Believe, and work deeds of Righteousness, who Pray (Introspect) Regularly, who practice Regular Charity and who practice Patience and Perseverance”.
These are the actual 5 Pillars of Islam that are tied to the Creator’s allowing ALL mankind a FREE WILL CHOICE.
Simply, one can Believe in the Creator (Allah, God, Yahweh, Buddha, Siva, the Sun or Source, etc.) or NOT. One can practice doing GOOD or EVIL. One can Pray or Introspect regularly to see if what they are doing is Good or Bad either individually or collectively. One can be GIVING or DEMANDING. One can act with patience and in a consistent deliberate manner (of being good or evil) or one can act in Haste.
This is the COMMON DUALITY presented to ALL mankind in a 3-dimensional World regardless of one’s belief system. This is YOUR FREE WILL CHOICE.
The basic PROBLEM is that most of us do not properly exercise our Free Will Choices and most often simply follow the DEMANDS of our leaders (Elders, Elites, Presidents, Prime Ministers, Royalty, Generals, Sergeant Majors, BOSSES, etc.). AND IN DOING SO, COMMIT THE GREATEST SIN OF ALL.
What! Let me explain. Any DEMAND is an imposition of WILL. One is trying to impose his/her Will upon another. But the Creator granted you a FREE WILL. So when one DEMANDS anything, they are trying to be greater than the CREATOR. Where can the CREATED BE BETTER THAN THE CREATOR?
This is a very common transgression even at the smallest levers (like “give me a cigarette” versus “may I please have one of your cigarettes?” or my mother’s favorite “Dump the Damn Garbage!”) . And when my wife does it, I ask her, “Are you telling me what to do?” (Then she asks nicely.)
But the real PROBLEM comes at the higher levels where so called LEADERS make DEMANDS that you follow THEM and not the REAL FUNDAMENTAL TEACHINGS OF THE CREATOR…. by making your OWN FREE WILL CHOICE.
If you take the time to recognize the divide and conquer propaganda on the violent conquests of Islam, it is easy to see how FEAR is used to get people to submit to DEMANDS of the Elite Leaders. But don’t be fooled by this rhetoric as most leaders with agendas conveniently ignore the SAME thing happening with all other historical societies.
The exact abuse of DEMAND was used to slaughter millions of Chinese and Japanese by their Emperors, or the Hordes of Genghis Khan, or the Christian Inquisition, the genocide of American Indians (North and South), Christian World Wars, Jewish Communist Russian genocide, Mao purges and the same thing now with ISIS funded by the West. The pattern is all the same.
These all happen because of the stupidity of mankind improperly following the Creator’s granting of FREE WILL and the proper exercise and understanding of such and the Karma that results from the impositions of WILL.
The current FEAR induced Islamophobia is a classic example of this and the Divide and Conquer approach to keep people stupid. Play on the emotion of FEAR and the stupidity of followers.
And Muslims also are stupid to even think that Sharia Law is even LAW. The Quran clearly says you can do THIS OR THAT so measure if it is Righteous (Good), Giving and done with Patience and proper thought and introspection and then CHOOSE a course that does not involve imposing your WILL on anyone. YOU ARE NOT THE CREATOR.
So how can any Muslim create LAWS, rules of social behavior, religious edicts that impose the WILL of a few on anyone when the Quran absolutely states that “Allah and the Apostle have declared WAR” on anyone who places DEMANDS on another. YOU CANNOT PLAY GOD! PERIOD.
SO, if the above is obviously TRUE then how can a stupid Muslim publicly state that “Sharia Law is above the Constitution”? That is the same thing as the Poop saying that he is the representative of God on Earth! Both are blatant LIES made by those trying to influence and control YOU with their DEMANDS that say “DO AS I SAY!”
Well now you know that all that is bullshit. LAW OF THE SEA is also bullshit.
We are in an Age of Awakening to the fact that we are all individually responsible and accountable for our own acts and CHOICES. There is NO LIMITED LIABILITY. The Satanic Church’s Corporate Veil is coming crashing down. WE THE PEOPLE ARE AWAKE.
Many will be surprised that I am a Muslim writing these harsh words, but I wish for you to understand that there is a clear difference between Islam as in the Holy Quran and what each individual Muslim chooses to understand or which portions he/she wishes to follow.
The same applies to all the religions that I have studied. YOU CHOOSE to Believe, to be Righteous, to Introspect Regularly, to be Giving and to exercise Patience and Perseverance…..OR NOT. And “no one can bear the burdens of another.”
But if you choose to play God, expect the Creator’s wrath. Then you might hear a small voice in your head that says “I told you so...”
But Catalonia is not the only region in the EU demanding more autonomy or independence.
Here are seven regions in the European Union that may seek separation, and cause more fragmentation in an already weakened Europe.
1. Scotland, Britain
In 2014, Scotland had a historic referendum on leaving the United Kingdom resulting in a narrow 55 percent vote against leaving the UK.
First Minister Nicola Sturgeon, head of the pro-independence Scottish National Party, is now calling for a second referendum once Britain’s exit from the EU becomes clear.
Scotland is home to 5.2 million people and has been semi-autonomous since 1998 with a devolved parliament that handles matters of education, health, environment and justice.
Diplomacy and defense remain under the control of London.
Sturgeon openly condemned the Spanish police violence during the Catalonia independence vote.
2. Flanders, Belgium
Housing the center of EU oligarchy, Belgium is anything but a unified state.
Created 1830 as an independent nation to act as a buffer between France and Germany, Belgium is a mix of a Flemish-speaking, conservative northerners and French, left-leaning southerners.
The Flemish nationalist sentiment is more powerful than ever, and the separatist New Flemish Alliance (N-VA) is now one of the biggest party in Belgium, and a key partner in the coalition government.
The N-VA is pushing for the creation of a Flemish republic, and during the 2018 elections, it may have its chance.
Flanders’ Minister-President Geert Bourgeois called on the Spanish government to start talks with “the legitimate leaders of a peaceful people”.
3. Basques, Spain
Separatist group ETA was founded in 1959 to promote the interests of the Basque region. later turning into a violent independence campaign blamed for 829 deaths.
ETA carried out its last attack in 2010. It has since disarmed in April of this year.
ETA members have now joined a Franco-Spanish Basque political party called Sortu that is working for “full freedom” for Basque’s 2.2 million population.
40,000 people demonstrated in Bilbao in support of Catalonia’s referendum.
The regional president, Inigo Urkullu, called for the recognition of the Catalan and Basque nations.
4. New Caledonia, France
With a population of approximately 280,000 people, this South Pacific archipelago is set to hold a referendum by November next year on independence from France.
Under French rule since 1853, New Caledonia reached an agreement in 1998 with Paris for greater autonomy, although many activists say autonomy has not been fully granted.
New Caledonia has on-fourth of the world’s known resources of nickel, but as is the case with most colonial relationships, wealth is properly shared.
5. Corsica, France
Corsica is a Mediterranean island with a population of 330,000 people. It is part of France with its own language.
The separatist National Liberation Front of Corsica (FLNC) ended its armed struggle in June 2014, and has now pushed for a political solution to its demands.
Since 2015 nationalists have been leading the island’s assembly, as Corsica currently has a special administrative status that affords it certain powers, and retains strong autonomy.
The Corsica assembly highlighted “the indisputable legitimacy of the government of Catalonia”.
6. Faroe Islands, Denmark
With a population of 48,000, Denmark’s Faroe Islands will hold a referendum in April 2018 on a new constitution that would give the islands self-determination.
Faroe Islands have been autonomous since 1948. Foreign affairs and defense are under the control of Copenhagen.
7. Lombardy and Veneto, Italy
These wealthy regions in northern Italy are set to hold non-binding consultative referendums on October 22, asking voters if they favor more autonomy from Italy’s central government.
Politicians in Lombardy and Veneto, which combined account for nearly a third of Italy’s economy, demand a bigger share of tax income.
A Zen Master Reveals Signs Of A Toxic Person And The Most Powerful Way To Deal With Them October 13 2017 | From: PeaceQuarters We all have someone toxic in our lives. It is very hard to ignore them because they somehow know how to get to you.
Toxic people are manipulative, controlling, dominative and they do not care about anyone else.
A Zen Master has some good advice, how to deal with this kind of people, but first, let’s define them with these 9 methods:
1. They Talk More Than They Listen
These people are all about themselves. They do not actually care about you or how you are doing. If they actually ask you how is it going, it is usually because they want you to ask them back, so they could keep talking about themselves.
2. They are Never Wrong
These toxic people can be quick to judge others, but they never see any faults in themselves. They cannot admit that they were wrong and they never apologize. These people will not even accept constructive criticism, so it is very hard to work with them.
3. Drama Keeps Following Them
They might say, that they do not want drama, but somehow it keeps following them.
They get into fights with people (although they never admit that anything was their fault).
4. They Force Relationships
They do not want to be alone and that is why they find someone to have a relationship with. For them, it is not about the connection or real love. They just want someone by their side, who will support them no matter what.
5. Their Experience is the Standard by Which Everything Should Be Judged
They cannot accept that everyone has their own life and own way of seeing things. For example, when they hate horror movies, then they will not accept that you like them. They will start mocking you or say that these kinds of films are a waste of time. Either way, they will make you feel bad about liking the genre.
6. They Often Lie
It is part of their nature. They tend to twist the truth for their benefit, so they would always look good and nothing will ever be their fault.
They lie about little things as well, like where they were or what they did, so be critical about anything they say.
7. They Lack Tact and General Courtesy
The toxic persons do not feel sorry for others. They are not empathic and do not want to help others. It is all about them and their life.
8. They Exhibit Controlling Behaviors
They need to feel in charge, so if anything does not go as they planned, they tend to freak out. They do not like anyone else telling them what to do, they want to have the complete power over others, so it might be very difficult to work with them.
9. They Love to Talk About Other People
They live for gossip. They like to know everything that is happening to everyone.
They try to get all the juicy details and if there are not many, they tend to invent them to sound more interesting to others. They like to lift their self-esteem by bringing others down.
So you probably recognized some people from your life, who act that way. The easiest suggestion would be to keep away from them, but it is not always possible. So the Zen Master has some recommendation, what should you do.
He says that you need to find your inner peace and balance, so you would not let others influence you that much. People, who are strong inside, cannot be broken from outside. This means that if you are confident and know your worth, you understand that if the toxic person is rude to you, it is not really about you, but about him. He has his insecurities and needs to control people. And you actually start to feel bad for the toxic person.
It is important not to let the toxic person get to you. Always keep in mind, that he wants to make you feel insignificant and smaller, so do not please him by doing that. Stay strong and confront him about his actions. Toxic people have usually a lot of problems inside and when someone has the courage to actually speak up, they will understand that they are not so almighty.
Of course, every situation is different and every person is too, but the one thing you should remember is to focus on yourself and never let anyone else bring you down. When someone is trying to do it, remember that they are just bringing you down to feel more confident themselves. They are problematic people, who should never be trusted, so keep up your guard with them.
Welcome To The True Blue New World Order: Australia October 12 2017 | From: Uncensored / Various Prime minister plays down privacy implications of automated face-matching regime under anti-terrorism deal struck with states
“Federal and state police will be given real-time access to passport, visa, citizenship and driver’s licence images for a wide range of criminal investigations – not just identifying terrorism suspects – following agreement between federal, state and territory leaders.
Malcolm Turnbull told reporters the facial biometric matching agreement signed off by the Council of Australian Governments on Thursday was not a Big Brother-style mass surveillance exercise, but a modernisation of existing data-sharing practices between agencies.”
(CNN) Australia will use its citizens’ drivers license photos to compile a nationwide facial recognition database in the name of fighting terrorism, much to the chagrin of privacy advocates.
“Described as a National Facial Biometric Matching Capability by the Australian government, it will allow law enforcement to access “passport, visa, citizenship and driver license images” to identify people of interest.
Turnbull announced the strict new measure on Wednesday along with a range of other measures designed to “keep Australians safe.”
The leaders of every Australian state and territory agreed to the changes at a special meeting in Canberra on Thursday morning.”
The New World Order is real and the Globalists who desire the establishment of a New World Order are doing everything in their power to create the global government they need to guarantee global control and power.
The Globalists will only achieve the establishment of a New World Order under two conditions.
They control the majority of global natural resources.
The global monetary system becomes centralized.
Sadly, Australia is in the firing line of these criminal Globalists who want to establish a new world order in Australia.
So why is this the case? Let’s briefly examine how the Globalists need Australia to achieve their ultimate goal of a New World Order and Global Government.
Australia’s capacity to mine it’s finite natural resources is world leading. At the time of writing this article, Australia’s capacity to supply the world with its minerals, natural gas and oil was at an all time high.
Australia is the world’s leading exporter of iron ore and coal that is traded by sea, which accounts for about 41 per cent of seaborne iron ore exports in 2010, 56 per cent of the coking coal used in steelmaking, and 21 per cent of the thermal coal used in power stations.
It is also a top-five producer of a suite of other commodities, including aluminium and its precursors bauxite and alumina, as well as zinc, lead, nickel, gold, silver and uranium, while rapid expansion of its gas-export industry could place it as the world’s biggest exporter of liquefied natural gas by 2020.
So what does all this mean for the Globalists. Well, we all know that natural resources have a finite supply and because Australia has the world’s most diverse and known discovered resources on earth, the Globalists will need these resources to control and influence China as it seeks more and more resources to feed its 10% annual growth rate.
In the short term this may all sound unrealistic, but when push comes to shove and the demand for oil, coal and other natural resources begin to impede growth, the Globalists will use Australia’s position to push their agenda.
Low Levels of Interest in Politics
Would you believe Australians have little or no interest in politics and who governs their country? At present, voting is mandatory and fines are given to those who don’t vote.
There are only two political parties and politicians never break or deviate from official political lines and propaganda. Australians are trained to obey their government and never question what the government does and how they spend their revenues.
This mix of complacency is exactly what the Globalists need to achieve their agenda. They need minions who will not question and understand what the New World Order stands for.
If an Australian mentions the term ‘Bilderberg Group’ or ‘New World Order’, they are labelled and conspiracy theorists and ignored. This attitude will never change and it’s the perfect environment for the Globalists to move in.
Access to Vast Remote Spaces
Australia is an enormous continent and only 5% of its land is habitable. This is perfect for the Globalists. The Globalists need vast spaces that are in close proximity to China because China is the Globalists biggest threat.
Due to the heavily regulated nature of communism, Globalist organizations like the Bilderberg Group can’t access it’s political circles to enact change like they do in Europe and the U.S. When the New World Order becomes a reality, the Globalist propaganda machine will begin the war effort against the Chinese Government.
Unfortunately, for the good hardworking people of Australia, it has the perfect launching and preparation grounds for an invasion. Other counties in the south east Asia region are too heavily populated to orchestrate such an attack.
Also, due to the infiltration of Indonesia by the Globalists, the cumulative effect of having both Australia’s land mass and Indonesia’s population density, the Globalists have the perfect recipe for an attack on China.
In conclusion, the worlds most democratic, free and establishment resistant country is under attack and needs to wake up. Due to its populous having no interest in politics, it’s vast natural resources and geographic location, the Globalists and the New World Order need Australia to begin the next phase of deployment for global government and New World Order.
Wake up Australia, the Globalists are almost finished with the Americans and Europeans and now have you in their sight!
More:Why the New World Order Needs Australia
Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier October 12 2017 | From: Lifehack Communicating and dealing with people can be hard for everyone at one point or another.
Whether it’s work related or if it’s pleasure, it’s important to learn these psychological tricks to make things run much more smoothly.
These are not to be confused with ways to maliciously manipulate others into getting what you want, but to simply improve overall communication and relationships with others.
1. Look Into Someone’s Yyes When You Get a Dissatisfactory Answer
Sometimes we don’t like the answer to a question that we receive and sometimes we don’t understand it. Instead of repeating the question or asking another, look into the eyes of the person. This will make the person feel under pressure or cornered, and this will force them to further elaborate their thoughts.
2. Stay Calm When Someone Raises Their Voice to You
Make a strong effort to remain calm. When a loudmouth acts out it’s usually in anger, and our behaviors can sometimes unintentionally provoke that.
The feelings of anger usually quickly subside and guilt will set in and usually this person is first to ask for forgiveness.
3. Sit Close to the Aggressor to Avoid Attack
If you’re heading into a meeting and you know you’ll be in the room with an aggressive person, you know the discussion may become heated, or you may be subjected to negative criticism, make a point to sit next to that person. You may feel uncomfortable and awkward, but you won’t be the only one. Close proximity is known to make people uncomfortable which will lessen the level of aggression they plan to exercise.
4. Remember Everyone’s Names if You Want to be Popular
If you want to be popular with your peers and colleagues, make it a habit to start calling people by their first names when speaking with them. A person feels instantaneously special when you call him or her by their first name.
5. Write Down Your Thoughts When You Feel Stressed or Anxious
We all feel some level of mental stress or anxiety at some point. Write down your thoughts in a journal and then close it up.
Believe it or not, you’ll be able to focus on your work more easily because you have now shared your thoughts with someone. When you share them, you will then feel the burden on your mind reduced.
6. Give Yourself Fewer Choices When You Can’tMake the Decision
Some people believe that it’s better to have more choices and more information and actually, they prefer to have more. However, it is actually paralyzing to have too many. There is evidence that shows that having four options at a time is the maximum number we can consider and still make a choice. In order to be an effective decision maker, you should only give yourself a few options at a time. This will allow you time to consider each one while giving you enough space between looking at a new set of options.
7. Right Posture Can Boost Confidence
This psychological trick applies to both work and pleasure. It can drastically improve your dating life and help you move up the ladder at work. How can you become confident do you ask? The best way to do this is through your posture. If you allow yourself to take up more space, you’re more likely to feel more confident. This is referred to power language.
8. Surefire Way to Win in ‘Rock, Paper, Scissors’
This one is definitely intriguing. When you’re about to play this famous game, ask your opponent a random question right before.
This typically will throw your confused opponent off and more often than not they will throw up ‘scissors’.
9. Make People Feel Needed When You Ask for Help
If you need someone’s help start off with the phrase, ‘I need your help…’ People like to feel needed and they hate feeling guilty. By starting off the conversation with that phrase, you’re more likely to receive the help you need.
10. Warm Your Hands Before Shaking Hands With Others
Did you know that cold hands are linked to distrust? When you’re about to touch someone or shake their hand, make sure that your hands are warm. Warm hands promote a friendly atmosphere.
Other Psychological Tricks
If you think someone doesn’t care for you, ask him or her to borrow their pen or pencil.
If you can’t seem to get a song out of your head try remembering the end of it.
If you need help carrying something, try talking to the person while handing them whatever it is. They will most likely not even realize you’re handing them something and they will just take it.
During an introduction, make a note of someone’s eye color. You’re not going to use this information it’s just important to take note of it. It’s a technique to achieve optimum eye contact. People find this friendly and confident.
Fake Pharma - The Ghosts In A Very Big Machine & If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads October 11 2017 | From: Mercola News outlet STAT published an op-ed piece praising pharma sales reps, but didn’t disclose that its supposed author had received more than $300,000 from drug companies in recent years
Further investigation revealed the article was ghostwritten at the behest of the Alliance for Patient Access (AfPA), a group that receives money from close to 30 drug companies. Washington D.C.-based PR firm Keybridge Communications was also involved, and it’s becoming increasingly common for drugs companies to hire PR firms to spin out industry friendly propaganda disguised as independent or expert opinions.
Another media outlet has been caught promoting the interests of Big Pharma under the guise of real news. This time, somewhat surprisingly, it was news outlet STAT, which otherwise has a solid reputation in reporting science and health news. The story was titled, “How Pharma Sales Reps Help Me Be a More Up-to-Date Doctor,” written, supposedly, by Dr. Robert Yapundich, an experienced neurologist. You can see where this is going.
The article praised drug reps for providing vital information to doctors. And why wouldn't it offer such praise? Yapundich has received more than $300,000 from drug companies in recent years, a fact pointed out by numerous Twitter users and readers in the article's comments section, who suggested the obvious conflict of interest ought to be disclosed. The problem was, it wasn't, at least not at first.
The article remained untouched for at least four days, during which other commenters pointed out more problems, like the fact that Yapundich said he'd not heard of a drug (Nuplazid) until he had lunch with a drug rep, yet, it turns out, he was previously paid for consulting services regarding the same drug. Commenters soon started calling on STAT to disclose the ties, fix the seemingly false statement or retract the article. STAT chose the latter. STAT Retracts Ghost-Written Piece
The controversial article now contains an editor's note stating that it was retracted because "it did not meet our standards," continuing:
"As a matter of policy, we ask all our contributors to disclose payments from industry and other possible conflicts of interest. In this case, the author disclosed no conflicts other than his affiliation with an organization that supports expanding manufacturers' ability to discuss off-label uses of drugs.
In response to reader questions, we contacted Yapundich and he told us he had received more than $300,000 in recent years from pharmaceutical companies, including one he mentioned in the article.
He also acknowledged that his organization was funded in part by pharmaceutical companies. We disclosed that information at the bottom of the article … We also asked Yapundich to address reader questions about the veracity of the central anecdote in the piece. He said the anecdote was accurate as written.
But Yapundich later told HealthNewsReview that the anecdote was not, in fact, accurate. After that interview was posted … we contacted Yapundich again and he conceded to STAT that the anecdote was inaccurate. We then retracted the article."
The organizational affiliation that STAT speaks of is the Alliance for Patient Access (AfPA), a group that receives money from close to 30 drug companies; Yapundich sits on the board. Kevin Lomangino, managing editor for HealthNewsReview, reported that, when he spoke with Yapundich, he said the article was AfPA’s idea and was written by a ghostwriter.
Yapundich then made some changes and edits to the article prior to it being published by STAT. Reportedly, when he asked his contact at the AfPA what he needed to do in terms of conflict of interest disclosures, the person wrote, "Hold on financial info. Hopefully only needed for AfPA and not for you individually."
HealthNewsReview then revealed another layer to the story, which is that Yapundich was working in some capacity with Washington D.C.-based PR firm Keybridge Communications, who says their goal is to "brand thought leaders."
It's unclear who was paying for their services, as well as who was ultimately responsible for the lack of financial disclosure in the article. "It seems that wherever the op-ed originated," Lomangino wrote, "it received careful attention from PR messaging pros before it ever reached Yapundich's desk."
'Ghost-Written Puff Pieces From PR Companies' Passed Off as Op-Eds
"While authors of op-eds may get more latitude than they would in a straight news piece, the boundaries shouldn't be so wide as to include ghost-written puff pieces from PR companies," Lomangino wrote.
Industrial ghost writers first became popular when tobacco executives hired them to spin positive press about cigarettes and secondhand smoke, published in the name of various scientists, according to New York University journalism professor Charles Seife.
"Since then, ghostwriters employed by parts of the pharmaceutical industry have been busily tobacconizing the scientific literature. Gaze into the depths of PubMed for long enough, and they will materialize before your eyes, promoting Wyeth's Prempro, Merck's Vioxx, and Pfizer's Neurontin, just to name a few," Seife says.6
Even Monsanto has gotten into the mix, with glyphosate articles ghostwritten by Monsanto's toxicology manager published using names of academic researchers, and the practice is well-known among peer-reviewed journals. For medical journals, ghostwriting usually refers to writers sponsored by a drug or medical device company, who make major but uncredited research or writing contributions.
The pharmaceutical company hires a medical education and communications company, which is a company paid almost exclusively by pharmaceutical companies to write articles, reviews and letters to editors of medical journals in order to cast their products in a favorable light. One cross-sectional survey found that more than 20 percent of articles published in six leading medical journals during 2008 were likely written by honorary and/or ghostwriters.
With the STAT piece, however, we're now seeing that industrial ghostwriting has come to the mainstream media, allowing corporate interests to spread their propaganda over an even wider audience. Seife continued that many news outlets, including STAT, are aware that some of their opinion pieces are ghostwritten, but when the ghost-writers are being sponsored by powerful people with powerful agendas, that's where the problems begin:
"Many opinion sections have a grudging acceptance of some degree of ghostwriting in their pages; after all, high officials and A-list celebrities have entire staffs hired to meticulously shape each public utterance.
But even if you accept that kind of ghostwriting, the industrial version of ghosting is an entirely different beast. Instead of putting the words of an unknown in the mouths of the powerful, it does just the opposite — it disseminates the words of the powerful by putting them in the mouth of the unknown.
Indeed, in this case, it used the trusted institution of a friendly doctor to spread the gospel of the pharmaceutical industry. It's not the sheep in wolf's clothing that's to be feared, but the reverse … It may be a losing battle; the wealthy industries using these tactics are adept at harnessing the forces of capitalism to defeat any attempt at transparency. After all, it's nigh impossible to see who's really pulling the strings when the invisible hand gets involved."
Another STAT Blunder: Patient Praising TV Drug Ads Connected to Drug Company
Yapundich's now-retracted piece wasn't the first time STAT published an op-ed without disclosing the author's true affiliations. In 2016, an op-ed titled, "You Can Complain About TV Drug Ads. They May Have Saved My Life," was featured, written by patient Deborah Clark Dushane. Suffering from chronic hepatitis C, Dushane wrote that drug ads on television prompted her to ask her doctor about new drugs to treat the disease, which "cured" her.
"I strongly believe that if I hadn't seen TV ads about chronic hepatitis C and new drugs to treat it, I wouldn't have done anything to protect myself against it. Those commercials raised my awareness of the disease and gave me the courage to try again to beat it. I'm sure I'm not the only person they have helped," Dushane wrote in the STAT piece.
Again, reporting by HealthNewsReview revealed that the author wasn't operating totally independently. A PR firm for Gilead, a drug company that manufacturers drugs to treat hepatitis C, contacted Dushane and asked her to write the piece. The positive press was intended to offset another STAT article that had recently been published, outing the "$100 million ad blitz for a $1,100-a-pill drug for hepatitis C."
Dushane wasn't paid to write the piece, but Gilead flew her to California to learn more about the company and its products, after which she appeared on local TV stations to talk about the drug. Dushane was coached by Gilead's PR people on what message to relay in the article and on TV.
STAT added an updated disclosure to the article on September 13, 2017, after HealthNewsReview brought the conflict to their attention. Seife, meanwhile, described Dushane's role as a sock puppet for the industry while HealthNewsReview quoted Dr. Carl Elliott, a professor at the University of Minnesota Center for Bioethics and an affiliate faculty member in the School of Journalism and Mass Communications:
"Of course this is wrong, and it's wrong because it's deceptive. I think the editors need to explain just what their policy is about corporate influence on the editorials they publish …
Do they permit editorials that are completely ghosted by pharma? By a PR company working for pharma? What if the author wrote it himself or herself, but was paid to do it by pharma or a PR company?
What if the author wasn't paid directly to write the editorial, but was coached what to write and got other benefits from a company? All of these scenarios seem disturbing to me, and I'd like to know if they are disturbing to the STAT editors too."
Drug Company Faked Cancer Diagnoses in Patients to Sell More Opioids
A federal indictment and congressional investigation by Missouri Sen. Claire McCaskill allege that Insys Therapeutics concocted a fraudulent scheme to sell more of Subsys, an expensive, highly addictive, sprayable form of fentanyl. Prior authorization was required from insurance companies before the drug could be prescribed by doctors, and a diagnosis of cancer was a requirement for prescription clearance.
Insys wanted to make it easier for patients to get the drug, even if they didn't have cancer, so they had their own employees to talk to patients' insurance companies, pretending they were working with their doctors. According to CNN, "The Senate report documented how beginning in 2014, when someone needed to obtain prior approval for a Subsys prescription, it was actually an Insys employee who called the insurer and its affiliates to persuade them."
The insurance companies would ask whether the patients had "breakthrough" pain caused by cancer. CNN reported, "Insys got around this by finding calculated ways for its employees to create the impression on the phone calls that the answer was yes, they did have cancer, without explicitly saying so, according to the report."
Further, six former Insys executives were charged in 2016 with fraud and racketeering charges, alleging they paid kickbacks to bribe doctors to prescribe Subsys and defraud insurance companies. Another former Insys manager pleaded guilty to charges that she taught salespeople how to entice doctors with money, chocolate or spending time with them, and to look for “money hungry” doctors willing to “play ball.”
Drug Reps Target 'Thought Leaders'
Drug companies have long tried to influence doctors' prescribing habits by giving them gifts, vacations, fancy dinners and the like. This practice has since become frowned upon, but paying them for research activities, speaking and other "consulting" gigs continues. In fact, it's interesting that PR firm Keybridge Communications used the phrase "branding thought leaders," because drug reps use this tactic too.
Speaking to NPR, pharmaceutical rep Mathew Webb said asking doctors to become speakers was a surefire way to get them to write more prescriptions. In particular, calling them "thought leaders" apparently has "incredible psychological power," he said, continuing, "When you do say 'thought leader' I think it's a huge ego boost for the physicians. It's like a feather in their cap. They get a lot from it."
While doctors may think they're being recruited because of their qualifications or know-how, former drug rep turned whistle-blower Angie Maher told NPR, "I think nowadays a thought leader is defined as a physician with a large patient population who can write a lot of pharmaceutical drugs. Period."
Webb said that after paying a high-prescribing doctor $1,500 to speak, he might write an additional $100,000 to $200,000 worth of prescriptions for the company's drugs. They know because they purchase data about each physician's prescribing habits from companies like IMS Health, ensuring they get a good return on their investment.
Is Your Doctor Being Bribed by Drug Companies?
What can you take away from the knowledge that Big Pharma's ties run deep, perhaps to your local newspaper's opinion pieces or even to your own doctor? It's important to take what you read with a grain of salt, and do your own research if an "independent" source reeks of conflict of interest. This applies not only to what you read in the media but also what you hear from your doctor.
Drug companies have long tried to influence doctors' prescribing habits, however it hasn't always been possible to find out what gifts your own doctor might be accepting. The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which is part of the Affordable Care Act, went into effect in 2013.
For the first time, the Act required drug and medical device makers to collect and disclose any payments of more than $10 made to physicians and teaching hospitals. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is in charge of implementing the Sunshine Act, which it has done via its Open Payments Program. You can easily search the site OpenPaymentsData.CMS.gov to find out what (if any) payments your doctor has received, along with the nature of the payments.
ProPublica's Dollars for Docs website is another great tool you can use to search for general payments (excluding research and ownership interests) made to doctors from August 2013 to December 2015. If you don't like what you see, you can take the steps necessary to put your health care in the hands of someone with your best interests - not Big Pharma's - at heart.
If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads
After Ayahuasca - Five Life Changing Transformations October 11 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld
If you only read one article today, let this be it. Originally, the idea started as a seed when I felt guided to write about the life-changing effects of ayahuasca with a few very brief mentions of real life examples here and there.
The idea took on a momentum of its own and as I began collecting stories from those I know whose lives have been greatly impacted by ayahuasca, I received some incredible responses and before the day was over, I knew I am meant to be a conduit to share the stories of these courageous souls whom I am grateful to have in my life.
All of them have given me permission to disclose the amount of information that felt right to them.
As the world is waking up, more are searching for holistic methods to heal trauma, release painful past and reconnect with their heart and soul’s wisdom, and ayahuasca is one of these modalities. She is no fairy grandmother (though she can come close), and it is my firm belief that we are not meant to have a cure-it-all magic pill in life because that actually defeats the purpose of life and disempowers us by removing our free will to choose and create our own realities.
However working with something such as plant medicine can shift who we are at the core and assist us in making bold and soul-aligned choices to achieve greater freedom and joy in life.
Ayahuasca is a South American entheogenic brew. The translation of ayahuasca is “vine of the dead” or “vine of souls,” and it allows access to dimensions that are usually inaccessible to the heavily conditioned human mind.
With the medicine, unconscious deep emotional wounds and shadow aspects of the mind that are the culprits that hinder us from living our lives to the fullest are integrated while new insights and perspectives about the self, world and universe are introduced all within the individual’s consciousness. The results are usually profound healing and significant life transformation.
There is an emerging body of medical research on the effects of ayahuasca and plant medicine, which I will not cover here. To me, there is no better way to spread the message than to share with you the transformations I have witnessed in my own life, as well as others, after ayahuasca.
You Will Receive Exactly What You Need
Most people who drink ayahuasca for the first time go with a set of expectations only to come out having experienced something drastically different. The best way I can describe this is since the medicine is universal intelligence, she can provide you with the quickest and most direct way to receive a certain lesson or insight in response to the main challenge that is standing in your way, and the mind does not always comprehend that before (or during) the ceremonies.
For my last ceremonies, one of my main intentions was to fully understand reality creation. Prior to that, I imagined it to be a fun ride in which I would be shown mysteries of the universe only to find myself sucked into the deepest and darkest pit of mental hell that I was unable to get out of.
While being trapped in that terrifying space for an eternity (there is no space-time once you drink the medicine), I experienced the true meaning of presence and surrender.
During the months after the ceremonies, I slowly integrated that piece into my life and realized just how much I was standing in my own way of exercising my power of manifestation with too many attachments and expectations. The surrendering experience was the missing piece of the puzzle for me.
The medicine always has a way of fulfilling your intentions, though sometimes in the least expected manner and the realization often isn’t revealed until weeks or months later. The key is to ask, trust, and allow.
You May Walk Away With Profound Healing, Maybe Even a New Purpose
Many seek the healing of ayahuasca as a last resort after conventional treatments have failed them. While not even the most experienced shamans can promise what ayahuasca will deliver as the grandmother medicine does not respond to rational demands, she is known to create miracles for all those who embrace her with an open mind and have the ceremonies in proper settings.
Gerard Powell was a successful businessman who made his millions by his 20’s. Contrary to the common belief that money and success contribute to happiness, Gerry suffered from prolonged depression and addictions. Despite his endless attempts with innovative treatment options and rehabs for his addictions, nothing alleviated him from the pain as he lived in a state of hopelessness.
When Gerry encountered plant medicine, within one night, he experienced the miracle of complete healing. As his journey with plant medicine continued, inspired by his own transformation, he was led to the decision of using his resources to open Rythmia – a medically licensed wellness center in Costa Rica where guests can work with plant medicine in a safe setting under his mission of making this powerful healing modality accessible to everyone.
It is not uncommon for people to experience a shift in destiny that leads to a greater life mission after plant medicine.
Rodrigo Niño is a real estate developer and leading commercial real estate crowdfunding expert in New York who was suffering from stage 3 Metastatic Melanoma and end of life anxiety at age 41 years ago.
Worse, after two surgeries, his odds of survival were about 1 in 3 over the next five years. Out of desperation, his path of seeking alternative healing led him into the jungles of Peru where he drank his first cup of ayahuasca.
After one ceremony, his fear of dying completely vanished. Upon receiving his second chance to live after his miraculous transformation, Rodrigo decided there is no higher calling than to dedicate his life to initiate a global mental health revolution that allows individuals and communities worldwide to fund psychedelic-assisted therapies to support those suffering from mental health as well terminal illnesses.
As a result, Rodrigo recently launched a crowdfunding campaign Fundamental that has partnered up with MAPS to support scientific research on psychedelic-assisted treatments for depression, end-of-life anxiety, PTSD amd addictions.
Miracles with ayahuasca come in all shapes and sizes; they can be insights, revelations, eradication of fears and addictions, relationship shifts, relocations, career changes and altered life courses.
The common theme? If you do the work, you will get to release that which longer serves you, tap into your power of choice, and write your own destiny — and she will do everything within her power to assist you.
The vine connects those who are meant to meet no matter how far away they are from each other, and it does so in the most amazing ways.
After I published my first ayahuasca article, Teachings of Ayahuasca – Creation, Death, Rebirth, and 15 Essential Life Lessons months ago, I was contacted by someone who lives in a remote area in the world who ended up becoming a friend of mine. At the time, he felt guided to attend a ceremony and we chatted about his options.
I felt a strong intuition to introduce him to someone at a plant medicine center without the slightest idea at the time that within a couple of months, his connection became the source of another powerful but rare healing modality my friend needed for his chronic back pain. In fact, the center he connected with is one of the few in the world that offers it.
It was as if the vine reached out to all of us who live in three separate countries and connected us with its invisible threads.
In fact, I would not have known any of the people whose stories I am sharing now had it not been ayahuasca. The interesting thing is though the medicine brought us together, it did so in many different, even unconnected settings through all sorts of synchronistic events spanning across many months. Each person has played a unique role in my own transformation throughout time, some have become friends for life.
Your Life May Change in Many Different Ways
After ayahuasca, it is impossible for most to live the same way they did subscribing to a set of cultural values and conditioned beliefs. The “downloads” the vine offers during ceremonies are mind altering if not life changing. Your priorities shift as you come to realize what truly matters to you in life.
Carla, a former Upper West Side resident in New York who was part of the grind spent most of her life slaving at jobs like a drone and living in the shadows of fears she inherited from her family. During her 4th ceremony, she received an incredible amount of insights that allowed her to release her fears and tap into her power.
I still remember within one week after the retreat ended, I received an email from Carla sharing she resigned from her soul-sucking position. With three months, she sold all her belongings and moved to Costa Rica.
The last time I heard from Carla, she is a completely liberated wonder woman and was on her way to touring Galapagos Islands with new friends she met along the way and dancing with the locals! It is hard to believe that this is the same woman whose eyes were full of doubt regarding the uncertainty of her future just months ago.
In Carla’s own words;
"Everyday, I am reminded that I no longer have to be part of the matrix. I have enough distance now to see all of the conditioning that goes on to keep us in a box in order to prevent us from questioning our lives. Being in nature and observing folks who live simple lives and respect the power of nature make me question how I could ever go back to my old life. Even though I don’t have a plan right now, I’m just trusting my instincts and going with the flow.”
Note that no one has to pack up and take off after ceremonies. However, if you integrate the gifts from the medicine and allow them to guide you, your life will most certainly begin to align with the calling of your higher self which in turn will offer you opportunities to shed the unnecessary baggage and live with lightness, liberation and passion.
You Will Awaken to the Truth of Your Existence
This is another common effect of plant medicine in general.
Once the medicine lifts the veil of the illusions of separation, mortality, duality and space-time, we see reality and ourselves as what we truly are – the One energy that is manifesting itself in an infinite number of ways.
Many report experiencing themselves as one with plants, earth, sacred geometry, the universe and each other while embodying the truth that we are, and everything is the frequency of divine love.
After experiencing that, as the dawn of awakening approached and I wanted to quickly jot down a few notes about my night, I was simply lost for words to describe the oneness and amount of gratitude coursing through my veins when the first morning rays hit my eyes.
All I could do was extending my arms wide open to the rising sun on the mountaintop and losing myself in one gigantic cosmic hug. I finally experienced what I only knew intellectually for many years – it is real! We are consciousness having a human experience and we are all ONE!!
There is no going back after experiencing yourself as the eternal light of all there is. How can you hold grudges or attempt to harm another knowing they are your own? How can you not want to nourish and care for mother earth given she is your beautiful creation?
How will you now look at the challenges in your life after having experienced yourself as formless and timeless Source Energy that has neither beginning nor end?
My Thoughts:
As these words are coming to me, I don’t know where this article will lead to and whose life it will touch, but I know this is much grander than a girl sitting in front of her computer typing away with fire at her fingertips and a passion to empower and awaken the world. It is no coincidence that our paths have crossed, and together, we are serving a greater purpose and partaking in the evolution of human consciousness.
There is so much more that I want to share with you about plant medicine, about who you really are, about the darkness and suffering in the world as well as the love, light and hope that is always there even during those times when you cannot see it. But for now, I will leave you with these thoughts:
Wherever you are in life, whether you are just sick of your 9 to 5 life in the matrix or you are going through tremendous pain, I want you to know that you are not alone and you absolutely have choices. It doesn’t have to be plant medicine as we all have our own journeys.
The key is find your path that works for you. Every person in this article, regardless of their background, suffered in their own ways but found a way to push through their extraordinary awakening, and became grander versions of themselves and channels for divinity.
You are something far more expansive than you can ever imagine. You are magnificent, powerful and eternal; the heartbreaks, the ailments, the stress, and the lack, none of those things can ever define who you are. You have access to all this and you can most definitely transcend anything that is limiting you now.
And when you liberate yourself, your energy will liberate those around you and cause a ripple effect in the entire tapestry of human existence.
Ask, and life will answer. Trust, and life will deliver. This is the promise of Creation – you are Creation. Your transformation is waiting.
Rising Up Against The Oligarchs Does Not Equal Socialism October 10 2017 | From: ActivistPost
There are “people’s” groups all over the world who advocate the overthrow of the men at the top - the Oligarchs - who control nations.
These people’s groups want to install socialism as the answer to Oligarchy.
The Oligarchs - bankers, mega-corporate CEOs, financiers, government leaders, intelligence agencies - collude to cut out competition so they can stand alone at the summit of the mountain. And they call this arrangement SOCIALISM. They PROMOTE socialism. They’ve staked out OWNERSHIP of socialism worldwide.
In other words, the “people’s” groups, who claim to be battling for a better world, are doing the Oligarchs’ bidding. Unconsciously, or on purpose.
Useful idiots.
Socialism has never been about toppling power-hungry leaders. Its pretension of equality and share-and-care is a cover for totalitarianism by the few, for the few.
Karl Marx, while predicting a coming utopia on Earth, expressed the absolute need for a “transition” phase called the “dictatorship of the proletariat.”
Of course, that was a partial misnomer. The “dictatorship” part was correct, but the proletariat would never run it. They would labor for it. They would look up from ground level at the leaders who were supposedly their friends and guardians - and soon realize they’d been taken in by a long con.
There was no transition government. There was just the same old Oligarchy under another name, that’s all.
“We are being socialized in America and everybody knows it. If we had a chance to sit down and have a cup of coffee with the man in the street…he might say: ‘You know, the one thing I can never figure out is why all these very, very wealthy people like the Kennedys, the Fords, the Rockefellers and others are for socialism.
Why are the super-rich for socialism? Don’t they have the most to lose…?’ In reality, there is a vast difference between what the promoters define as socialism and what it is in actual practice.
The idea that socialism is a share-the-wealth program is strictly a confidence game to get the people to surrender their freedom to an all-powerful collectivist government. While the insiders [Oligarchs] tell us we are building a paradise on earth, we are actually constructing a jail for ourselves.”
When a mega-corporate CEO, whose company is in deep financial trouble, magically secures a giant loan through a crony, and when that corporation continues to pollute the land and destroy lives, and while the government agency that should be hauling off the CEO to prison sits on its hands, that’s socialism in practice. That’s the real thing.
The government may not officially own such corporations, as in the classical definition of socialism, but at the top, the government and the biggest corporations are cooperating, as one. It’s a distinction without a difference.
Why don’t more people understand all this?
Because their minds are clouded with propaganda and feel-good New Age oatmeal. Because they’re convinced that believing in something that sounds good on the surface (“a better and more just world for all”) is enough, is a pinnacle of achievement for them. And since they’re told this belief is socialism, they’re for it.
They will fall for any program on that basis.
If pernicious medical experts assure them that mandated mass vaccination will protect the planet from disease, they will snap up that vision in a minute. “A healthy Earth for everyone.” It must be true. It feels right.
“What’s been hardest is the way our legal system is structured to favor private property. I think people all over this city, of every background, would like to have the city government be able to determine which building goes where, how high it will be, who gets to live in it, what the rent will be.
I think there’s a socialistic impulse, which I hear every day, in every kind of community, that they would like things to be planned in accordance to their needs. And I would, too…Look, if I had my druthers, the city government would determine every single plot of land, how development would proceed.
And there would be very stringent requirements around income levels and rents. That’s a world I’d love to see, and I think what we have, in this city at least, are people who would love to have the New Deal back, on one level. They’d love to have a very, very powerful government, including a federal government, involved in directly addressing their day-to-day reality.”
The control of private property, from above, is of course one of the tenets of socialism.
Oligarchs, who promote their brand of socialism, who are also Globalists (no nations, no borders), want to sweeten their pot through floods of immigrants. No, they’re not thinking about “doing good.” They have propaganda operatives who spout that line.
They’re thinking about how they can blur and erase all sorts of distinctions surrounding private ownership of private property - and instead, disruptively resettle immigrants, make them dependent on the State, sink property values, and induce more and more citizens to accept the idea that “everything belongs to everybody.”
This gibberish phrase actually means: the Oligarchs own it all. This is their premise and their goal. They mean business, literally and figuratively.
On a much lower level, scratch the surface of any self-proclaimed socialist who happens own a home, and watch what happens when you demand he turn that home over to “the people.” He suddenly becomes a raw naked capitalist. He rails against the State.
The State - to whom, when the pressure is off, he claims every citizen should swear allegiance, so that money and property and services and goods and energy and every necessity and luxury of life can be managed, for the benefit of all.
Massive Evidence Mounts Vegas Shooting Was An ISIS Attack October 10 2017 | From: Infowars / Various
A clear picture of what happened is coming into focus.
Suspected Las Vegas shooter Stephen Paddock maintained deep ties to ISIS, suggests new evidence as a clear picture of what actually happened comes into focus.
1. Paddock had been radicalized, either for real or as part of a cover as he had the hallmarks of an intelligence agency cutout. Intelligence agencies were behind the rise of ISIS.
2. Paddock worked for a major aerospace company which had connections with Skunkworks – and he held multiple pilot licenses.
3. There was more than one shooter, and Paddock was clearly not acting alone.
4. Paddock was spending millions of dollars a year as an “apartment complex manager” while traveling the world and was a frequent guest at casinos – and, interestingly, casinos are one of the few legal places where someone can still launder money. You exchange money for chips, no questions asked, and even if you lose 20% or 30% from gambling, the casino gives you the rest of your money back when you turn in your chips.
5. There is a major cover-up of the shooting that is frustrating state and federal-level investigators who are being roadblocked by deep state insiders, sources told Infowars.
6. There were over 20 firearms transported to Paddock’s room in a casino which is under constant surveillance, even in the hotel rooms themselves. Notice how the mainstream media was so quick to claim Paddock was a “lone operator” the morning after the shooting, despite this clear discrepancy.
7. Evidence is suggesting that Paddock was possibly a gun runner for an intelligence agency, which would explain all the guns and the other aforementioned oddities surrounding the shooting. Even his radicalization would still fit into that narrative – remember, former CIA Director John Brennan was rumored to have converted to Wahhabism.
This video lays out all the evidence indicating there was more than one shooter:
While Infowars does not outright endorse the veracity of the official’s claims, there’s other evidence which similarly emphasizes Paddock’s ties to ISIS.
And it wasn’t until after Infowars reported the Middle Eastern photos that officials revealed Paddock’s girlfriend had visited Dubai.
Clearly there’s more than one shooter, FBI sources confirmed to Infowars, and one of the shooters was firing at fuel tanks near the concert in an attempt to ignite them.
Also, law enforcement sources believe the unidentified couple who told concert goers they were “all going to f***ing die” if they didn’t leave were likely part of the group behind the shooting, but later got cold feet and were trying to warn others of the impending massacre.
ISIS featured a photo of the Mandalay Bay hotel drenched in blood on the cover of its latest newsletter – and the terrorist group also claimed Paddock was radicalized six months before.
New York Times correspondent Rukmini Callimachi even admitted that “ISIS has rarely claimed attacks that were not by either their members or sympathizers.”
Government Stance On Medical Cannabis 'Unlawful' + Dr. Oz Drops Cannabis Truth On Fox News October 9 2017 | From: RadioNewZealand / TheFreeThoughtProject / Various
People with chronic pain are being denied relief by an incorrect Health Ministry claim that a cannabis compound is covered by the Misuse of Drugs Act, a Nelson lawyer says.
CBD can help with nausea, sleeplessness and chronic pain, advocates say
The Ministry of Health has said that cannabidiol (CBD), which is found in cannabis and hemp, is covered by the Act and has instructed Customs to seize any products containing it at the border.
Nelson lawyer Sue Grey said that interpretation seemed to be based on advice from ministry officials that if reacted with acid, CBD could become a compound with the same molecular formula (an isomer) as THC - another compound found in cannabis that is psychoactive and falls under the Act.
However, that was an unlawful interpretation, Ms Grey said.
"That's not the test. The test is what is it [CBD] as it stands, in the form that it's in.
"If it's not an isomer ... then it's outside the scope of the Misuse of Drugs Act."
One of the members of the government's own advisory panel on illegal drugs, ESR scientist Keith Bedford, agreed with her interpretation, Ms Grey said. CBD is available in some US states and other countries as a food, dietary supplement and medicine.
It could be used for chronic pain, insomnia and nausea, which made it helpful for people suffering from illnesses such as cancer, Ms Grey said.
The ministry's current stance was especially illogical, given that Food Standards Australia and New Zealand had recommended that hemp seed products be approved for sale in both countries, she said.
It was also already scheduled as a medicine in New Zealand, as it was an active ingredient in Sativex, a cannabis spray product. She was waiting on further information the ministry was getting from its advisory panel, she said.
"I say, 'Fine, I'm happy to give you a bit of time, but you've already been working on this for a long time', and people are sick - they can't keep waiting."
Has The Israel Lobby Destroyed Americans’ First Amendment Rights? October 9 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
The Israel Lobby has shown its power over Americans’ perceptions and ability to exercise free speech via its influence in media, entertainment and ability to block university tenure appointments, such as those of Norman Finkelstein and Steven Salaita.
Indeed, the power of the Israel Lobby is today so widely recognized and feared that editors, producers, and tenure committees anticipate the lobby’s objections in advance and avoid writers, subjects, and professors judged unacceptable to the lobby.
The latest example is The American Conservative’s firing of former CIA officer Philip Giraldi.
Giraldi wrote an article for the Unz Review about Israel’s influence over American foreign policy in the Middle East. The article didn’t say anything that the Israeli newspaper Haaretz hadn’t said already.
The editor of The American Conservative, where Giraldi had been a contributor for a decade and a half, was terrified that the magazine was associated with a critic of Israel and quickly terminated the relationship. Such abject cowardice as the editor of The American Conservative showed is a true measure of the power of the Israel Lobby.
Many seasoned experts believe that without the influence of the Israel Lobby, particularly as exerted by the Jewish Neoconservatives, the United States would not have been at war in the Middle East and North Africa for the last 16 years.
These wars have done nothing for the US but harm, and they have cost taxpayers trillions of dollars and caused extensive death and destruction in seven countries and a massive refugee flow into Europe.
For a superpower such as the United States not to be in control of its own foreign policy is a serious matter. Giraldi is correct and patriotic to raise this concern.
Giraldi makes sensible recommendations for correcting Washington’s lack of control over its own policy. But instead of analysis and debate of Giraldi’s proposals, the result is Giraldi’s punishment by an editor of a conservative publication anticipating the Israel Lobby’s wishes.
Americans should think about the fact that Israel is the only country on earth that it is impermissible to criticize. Anyone who criticizes Israeli policy, especially toward the Palestinians, or remarks on Israel’s influence, is branded an “anti-semite.” Even mild critics who are trying to steer Israel away from making mistakes, such as former President Jimmy Carter, are branded “anti-semites.”
The Israel Lobby’s purpose in labeling a critic an “anti-semite” is to discredit the criticism as an expression of dislike or hatred of Jews. In other words, the criticism is presented as merely an expression of the person’s aversion to Jewishness. A persistent critic is likely to be charged with trying to incite a new holocaust.
It is possible to criticize the policy of Germany, France, Spain, UK, Italy, Brazil, Mexico, Russia, China, Iran, the US, indeed, every other country without being called anti-German, Anti-French, Anti-British, Anti-American, etc., although US policy in the Middle East is so closely aligned with Israel’s that the Israel Lobby regards critics of US Middle East policy as hostile to Israel.
Despite the failures of US policy, it is getting more and more difficult to criticize it without the risk of being branded “unpatriotic,” and possibly even a “Muslim sympathizer” and “anti-semite.”
The power of the Israel Lobby is seen in many places. For example, the US Congress demands that RT, a news service, register as a Russian agent, but AIPAC, before whom every year the US Congress pays its homage and submission, does not have to register as an Israeli agent.
The many anomalies in the Israel Lobby’s power pass unremarked. For example, the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) defines criticism of Israeli policies as defamation and brands critics “anti-semites.”
In other words, the ADL itself is set up in the business of defamation or name-calling. The incongruity of an organization created to oppose defamation engaging in defamation as its sole purpose passes unremarked.
Israel is very proud of its power over the United States. Israeli political leaders have a history of bragging about their power over America.
But if an American complains about it, he is a Jew-hater. The only safe way for an American to call attention to the power Israel has over the US is to brag about it. It is OK to acknowledge Israel’s power if you put it in a good light, but not if you complain about it.
So, let me put it this way: Israel’s unique ability to discredit all criticism of its policies as a mere expression of anti-Jewish sentiment is the greatest public relations success in the history of PR. The stupidity of the goy is easily overcome by the more capable Jew.
Hats off to Israel for outwitting the dumbshit Americans and taking over their foreign policy. Perhaps Israel should take over US domestic policy as well. Or have they already?
It has been 30 years since the Federal Reserve has had a non-Jewish Chairman, and for the past three years Stanley Fischer, the former chairman of the Central Bank of Israel, has been Vice Chairman of the Federal Reserve.
Since the Clinton regime, the Treasury Secretaries have been predominately Jewish. We can say that their financial talent makes them natural candidates for these positions, but it is disingenuous to deny the influence of this small minority in American life. This influence becomes a problem when it is used to silence free speech.
Here is Giraldi:
How I Got Fired
October 03, 2017 “Information Clearing House” – Two weeks ago, I wrote for Unz.com an article entitled “America’s Jews Are Driving America’s Wars.” It sought to make several points concerning the consequences of Jewish political power vis-à-vis some aspects of U.S. foreign policy.
It noted that some individual American Jews and organizations with close ties to Israel, whom I named and identified, are greatly disproportionately represented in the government, media, foundations, think tanks and lobbying that is part and parcel of the deliberations that lead to formulation of U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East.
Inevitably, those policies are skewed to represent Israeli interests and do serious damage to genuine American equities in the region. This tilt should not necessarily surprise anyone who has been paying attention and was noted by Nathan Glazer, among others, as long ago as 1976.
The end result of Israel centric policymaking in Washington is to produce negotiators like Dennis Ross, who consistently supported Israeli positions in peace talks, so much so that he was referred to as “Israel’s lawyer.”
It also can result in wars, which is of particular concern given the current level of hostility being generated by these same individuals and organizations relating to Iran.
This group of Israel advocates is as responsible as any other body in the United States for the deaths of thousands of Americans and literally millions of mostly Muslim foreigners in unnecessary wars in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and Syria. It has also turned the U.S. into an active accomplice in the brutal suppression of the Palestinians.
That they have never expressed any remorse or regret and the fact that the deaths and suffering don’t seem to matter to them are clear indictments of the sheer inhumanity of the positions they embrace.
The claims that America’s Middle Eastern wars have been fought for Israel are not an anti-Semitic delusion. Some observers, including former high government official Philip Zelikow, believe that Iraq was attacked by the U.S. in 2003 to protect Israel.
On April 3rd, just as the war was starting, the Israeli newspaper Haaretz headlined:
"The war in Iraq was conceived by 25 neoconservative intellectuals, most of them Jewish, who are pushing President Bush to change the course of history.” It then went on to describe how “In the course of the past year, a new belief has emerged in [Washington]: the belief in war against Iraq.
That ardent faith was disseminated by a small group of 25 or 30 neoconservatives, almost all of them Jewish, almost all of them intellectuals (a partial list: Richard Perle, Paul Wolfowitz, Douglas Feith, William Kristol, Eliot Abrams, Charles Krauthammer), people who are mutual friends and cultivate one another.”
And the deference to a Jewish proprietary interest in Middle Eastern policy produces U.S. Ambassadors to Israel who are more comfortable explaining Israeli positions than in supporting American interests.
David Friedman, the current Ambassador, spoke last week defending illegal Israeli settlements, which are contrary to official U.S. policy, arguing that they represented only 2% of the West Bank. He did not mention that the land controlled by Israel, to include a security zone, actually represents 60% of the total area.
My suggestion for countering the overrepresentation of a special interest in policy formulation was to avoid putting Jewish government officials in that position by, insofar as possible, not giving them assignments relating to policy in the Middle East.
As I noted in my article, that was, in fact, the norm regarding Ambassadors and senior foreign service assignments to Israel prior to 1995, when Bill Clinton broke precedent by appointing Australian citizen Martin Indyk to the position. I think, on balance, it is eminently sensible to avoid putting people in jobs where they will likely have conflicts of interest.
Another solution that I suggested for American Jews who are strongly attached to Israel and find themselves in a position that considers policy for that country and its neighbors would be to recuse themselves from the deliberations, just as a judge who finds himself personally involved in a judicial proceeding might withdraw.
It would seem to me that, depending on the official’s actual relationship with Israel, it would be a clear conflict of interest to do otherwise.
The argument that such an individual could protect American interests while also having a high level of concern for a foreign nation with contrary interests is at best questionable. As George Washington observed in his farewell address;
"…a passionate attachment of one nation for another produces a variety of evils.
Sympathy for the favorite nation, facilitating the illusion of an imaginary common interest in cases where no real common interest exists, and infusing into one the enmities of the other, betrays the former into a participation in the quarrels and wars of the latter without adequate inducement or justification…”
My article proved to be quite popular, particularly after former CIA officer Valerie Plame tweeted her approval of it and was viciously and repeatedly attacked, resulting in a string of abject apologies on her part.
As a reasonably well-known public figure, Plame attracted a torrent of negative press, in which I, as the author of the piece being tweeted, was also identified and excoriated. In every corner of the mainstream media I was called “a well-known anti-Semite,” “a long time anti-Israel fanatic,” and, ironically, “a somewhat obscure character.”
The widespread criticism actually proved to be excellent in terms of generating real interest in my article. Many people apparently wanted to read it even though some of the attacks against me and Plame deliberately did not provide a link to it to discourage such activity.
As of this writing, it has been opened and viewed 130,000 times and commented on 1,250 times. Most of the comments were favorable. Some of my older pieces, including The Dancing Israelis and Why I Still Dislike Israel have also found a new and significant readership as a result of the furor.
One of the implications of my original article was that Jewish advocacy groups in the United States are disproportionately powerful, capable of using easy access to the media and to compliant politicians to shape policies that are driven by tribal considerations and not necessarily by the interests of most of the American people.
Professors John Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago and Stephen Walt of Harvard, in their groundbreaking book “The Israel Lobby”, observed how the billions of dollars given to Israel annually:
“Cannot be fully explained on either strategic or moral grounds… {and] is due largely to the activities of the Israel lobby - a loose coalition of individuals and organizations who openly work to push U.S. foreign policy in a pro-Israel direction.”
Those same powerful interests are systematically protected from criticism or reprisal by constantly renewed claims of historic and seemingly perpetual victimhood. But within the Jewish community and media, that same Jewish power is frequently exalted.
It manifests itself in boasting about the many Jews who have obtained high office or who have achieved notoriety in the professions and in business.
In a recent speech, Harvard Law School Professor Alan Dershowitz put it this way;
"People say Jews are too powerful, too strong, too rich, we control the media, we’ve too much this, too much that and we often apologetically deny our strength and our power.
Don’t do that! We have earned the right to influence public debate, we have earned the right to be heard, we have contributed disproportionately to success of this country.”
He has also discussed punishing critics of Israel, “Anyone that does [that] has to be treated with economic consequences.
We have to hit them in the pocketbook. Don’t ever, ever be embarrassed about using Jewish power. Jewish power, whether it be intellectual, academic, economic, political - in the interest of justice is the right thing to do.”
My article, in fact, began with an explanation of that one aspect of Jewish power, its ability to promote Israeli interests freely and even openly while simultaneously silencing critics.
I described how any individual or:
"Any organization that aspires to be heard on foreign policy knows that to touch the live wire of Israel and American Jews guarantees a quick trip to obscurity.
Jewish groups and deep pocket individual donors not only control the politicians, they own and run the media and entertainment industries, meaning that no one will hear about or from the offending party ever again.”
With that in mind, I should have expected that there would be a move made to “silence” me. It came three days after my article appeared.
The Editor of The American Conservative (TAC) magazine and website, where I have been a regular and highly rated contributor for nearly 15 years, called me and abruptly announced that even though my article had appeared on another site, it had been deemed unacceptable and TAC would have to sever its relationship with me.
I called him a coward and he replied that he was not. I do not know exactly who on the TAC board decided to go after me. Several board members who are good friends apparently were not even informed about what was going on when firing me was under consideration.
I do not know whether someone coming from outside the board applied pressure in any way, but there is certainly a long history of friends of Israel being able to remove individuals who have offended against the established narrative, recently exemplified by the hounding of now-ex-Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel who had the temerity to state that “the Jewish lobby intimidates lots of people” in Washington.
As Gilad Atzmon has observed one of the most notable features of Jewish power is the ability to stifle any discussion of Jewish power by gentiles.
But the defenestration by TAC, which I will survive, also contains a certain irony. The magazine was co-founded in 2002 by Pat Buchanan and the article by him that effectively launched the publication in the following year was something called “Whose War?” Buchanan’s initial paragraphs tell the tale:
“The War Party may have gotten its war. But it has also gotten something it did not bargain for. Its membership lists and associations have been exposed and its motives challenged.
In a rare moment in U.S. journalism, Tim Russert put this question directly to Richard Perle: ‘Can you assure American viewers … that we’re in this situation against Saddam Hussein and his removal for American security interests?
And what would be the link in terms of Israel?’ Suddenly, the Israeli connection is on the table, and the War Party is not amused. Finding themselves in an unanticipated firefight, our neoconservative friends are doing what comes naturally, seeking student deferments from political combat by claiming the status of a persecuted minority group.
People who claim to be writing the foreign policy of the world superpower, one would think, would be a little more manly in the schoolyard of politics.
Not so. Former Wall Street Journal editor Max Boot kicked off the campaign. When these ‘Buchananites toss around neoconservative - and cite names like Wolfowitz and Cohen - it sometimes sounds as if what they really mean is ‘Jewish conservative.’
Yet Boot readily concedes that a passionate attachment to Israel is a ‘key tenet of neoconservatism.’ He also claims that the National Security Strategy of President Bush ‘sounds as if it could have come straight out from the pages of Commentary magazine, the neocon bible.’ (For the uninitiated, Commentary, the bible in which Boot seeks divine guidance, is the monthly of the American Jewish Committee.)”
Pat is right on the money. He was pretty much describing the same group that I have written about and raising the same concern, i.e. that the process had led to an unnecessary war and will lead to more unless it is stopped by exposing and marginalizing those behind it.
Pat was, like me, called an anti-Semite and even worse for his candor. And guess what? The group that started the war that has since been deemed the greatest foreign policy disaster in American history is still around and they are singing the same old song.
And TAC has not always been so sensitive to certain apparently unacceptable viewpoints, even in my case. I write frequently about Israel because I believe it and its supporters to be a malign influence on the United States and a threat to national security.
In June 2008, I wrote a piece called “The Spy Who Loves Us” about Israeli espionage against the U.S.
It was featured on the cover of the magazine and it included a comment about the tribal instincts of some American Jews:
“In 1996, ten years after the agreement that concluded the [Jonathan] Pollard [Israeli spying] affair, the Pentagon’s Defense Investigative Service warned defense contractors that Israel had ‘espionage intentions and capabilities’ here and was aggressively trying to steal military and intelligence secrets.
It also cited a security threat posed by individuals who have ‘strong ethnic ties’ to Israel, stating that ‘Placing Israeli nationals in key industries is a technique utilized with great success.’”
Three days later, another shoe dropped. I was supposed to speak at a panel discussion critical of Saudi Arabia on October 2nd. The organizer, the Frontiers of Freedom foundation, emailed me to say my services would no longer be required because “the conference will not be a success if we get sidetracked into debating, discussing, or defending the substance of your writings on Israel.”
Last Saturday morning, Facebook blocked access to my article for a time because it “contained a banned word.” I can safely assume that such blockages will continue and that invitations to speak at anti-war or foreign policy events will be in short supply from now on as fearful organizers avoid any possible confrontation with Israel’s many friends.
Would I do something different if I were to write my article again today?
Yes. I would have made clearer that I was not writing about all or most American Jews, many of whom are active in the peace movement and, like my good friend Jeff Blankfort and Glenn Greenwald, even figure among the leading critics of Israel.
My target was the individuals and Jewish “establishment” groups I specifically named, that I consider to be the activists for war. And I refer to them as “Jews” rather than neoconservatives or Zionists as some of them don’t identify by those political labels while to blame developments on Zios or neocons is a bit of an evasion in any event.
Writing “neoconservatives” suggests some kind of fringe or marginal group, but we are actually talking about nearly all major Jewish organizations and many community leaders.
Many, possibly even most, Jewish organizations in the United States openly state that they represent the interests of the state of Israel. The crowd stoking fears of Iran is largely Jewish and is, without exception, responsive to the frequently expressed desires of the self-defined Jewish state to have the United States initiate hostilities.
This often means supporting the false claim that Tehran poses a serious threat against the U.S. as a pretext for armed conflict. Shouldn’t that “Jewish” reality be on the table for consideration when one is discussing the issue of war versus peace in America?
When all is said and done the punishment that has been meted out to me and Valerie Plame proves my point. The friends of Israel rule by coercion, intimidation and through fear. If we suffer through a catastrophic war with Iran fought to placate Benjamin Netanyahu many people might begin to ask “Why?”
But identifying the real cause would involve criticism of what some American Jews have been doing, which is not only fraught with consequences, but is something that also will possibly become illegal thanks to Congressional attempts to criminalize such activity.
We Americans will stand by mutely as we begin to wonder what has happened to our country. And some who are more perceptive will even begin to ask why a tiny client state has been allowed to manipulate and bring ruin on the world’s only super power. Unfortunately, at that point, it will be too late to do anything about it.
Philip Giraldi is a former counter-terrorism specialist and military intelligence officer of the United States Central Intelligence Agency.
Here you can listen to three disgusting presstitutes give Valerie Plame hell for linking to Giraldi’s “repugnant and anti-semetic article.”
Russiagate Was A CIA / Media Invention + Trump To The Future October 8 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RT / Uncensored / Various
The investigation into alleged Russian meddling in the 2016 US presidential election will ultimately show that “quite a few” news outlets ran stories that were not factual, the chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, Richard Burr, said.
Senator Burr said that although his committee will not be investigating news organizations, it does plan on providing the public with the information needed to hold them responsible for what they reported.
“We’re not going to investigate news organizations, but we will use the findings of our report to let the American people hold every news organization accountable for what they portrayed as fact, in many cases without sources - at least, no sources that would admit to it.”
Will we see this news reported by the presstitute media? Don’t count on it.
Russian Election Meddling Probe Will Show Media Ran Untrue Stories - Head of US Investigation
The investigation into alleged Russian meddling in the 2016 US presidential election will ultimately show that “quite a few” news outlets ran stories that were not factual, the chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee told Politico.
Intelligence Committee Chairman Richard Burr said that although his committee will not be investigating news organizations, it does plan on providing the public with the information needed to hold them responsible for what they reported.
“We’re not going to investigate news organizations, but we will use the findings of our report to let the American people hold every news organization accountable for what they portrayed as fact, in many cases without sources - at least, no sources that would admit to it,”Burr told Politico on Thursday.
“The economic and financial crisis has impaired the ability of the financial sector to channel funds to the real economy, in particular long-term investments.”
“And I think, when we finish our report, we will find that quite a few news organizations ran stories that were not factual,” he added.
He went on to state that some incorrect news stories had also emerged since Wednesday’s news conference held by himself and Senator Mark Warner, which was aimed at providing an update on the status of the investigation into alleged Russian meddling.
Burr’s comments come after US President Donald Trump questioned why the Senate Intelligence Committee fails to investigate so-called “fake news.”
Trump has often criticized the mainstream media for its reporting of alleged Russian meddling in the presidential election, and has referred to the Senate Intelligence Committee’s investigation into the matter as a “hoax” and a “witch hunt.”
Russia, for its part, has consistently denied any interference in the election.
Take this any way you like. Humour, speculation, entertaining or just nonsense. Or maybe, just maybe, there’s something to all this?
Donald Trump: Just mention the name and you’re sure to get a strong reaction. Love him, hate him, can’t make head nor tail of him? One thing is for sure: He is the most colourful and controversial US president of them all. I’m sure many were stunned that he actually got into the Oval office. a surreal moment, and the situation seems to get more surreal the more you look at it.
Since the day he took the job, his opponents have screamed about Russian meddling with the electoral process, and yelled from the rooftop about impeachment. Oh yes, they have evidence they say, and they’ll bring him to justice.
And yet Trump, so far, appears to be untouchable. Does he know something the rest of them don’t? Does he have some secret advantage or leverage? Is he somehow always one step ahead?
This is where thing take a very bizarre turn. You’re all familiar no doubt with the strange coincidences and predictions surrounding the trump presidency: The Simpsons cartoon, the Back To The Future movie sequel, the Heavy Metal comic book story, are three examples that spring to mind.
And we here at Uncensored became intrigued by the strange coincidences within the novels of Ingersoll Lockwood.
And how did Trump know about the impending North Korea situation, the 9-11 terror attacks (even naming Bin Laden), and mentions “Pizzagate” in relation to Podesta, years before it happened?
It gets stranger. Maybe you’ve seen some of the YouTube presentations, or, like me, you saw the headings and gave ’em a pass: “Is Trump A Time Traveller?” Give me a break! Then I decided to put aside my scepticism for a moment and take a look.
So, a link between the Trump family and Tesla. Allegedly, Donald acquires Tesla’s papers, including plans for a “time machine”. Hence all the aforementioned strange coincidences and predictions.
No, I don’t buy it. But nor do I wholly reject it. If Donald Trump can really time travel, then surely he could have achieved more? It seems to me more like he foresaw potential futures and knew that he had to take a certain course in order to prevent the worst from happening.
Did he see something about a Hillary presidency and did he then manage to convince Putin that she must never become President? He did say, way back, that he didn’t really want the job, but felt he had to take this path.
Regardless of what one makes of the Trump time travel theory, one can still speculate and ponder: If Hillary had won and Trump lost, would things be better or worse?
Some things don’t require a time machine to figure out!
The Language Of Symbolism: How To Recognize These Three Symbols Hidden In Plain Sight October 8 2017 | From: TheMindUnleashed
On the path of trying to figure out what this world is really about, many people ease into the study of symbolism.
When one recognizes the deliberate nature of power, and the characteristics power displays in various activities, they can begin to recognize deeper, more subtle layers of truth about power.
For example a government being the power, participating in psychological warfare against its own people, the government being composed of people who have histories with fraternal orders and secret societies who value symbolism, ect.
This video explores connections between fraternal orders and secret societies to high levels of power: an extremely thorough examination, well past the well known ones such as Skull and Bones at Yale.
Understanding the cult-like behavior of people in power, from royal bloodlines, to banks and corporations, to governments, one can reasonably deduce that their choice of symbolism is often well thought out. Symbols have historically been very important to people in power.
Symbols almost always have multiple layers of meaning: one layer of symbolism may be explained as a simple thing to the public, when it actually alludes to something deeper that only initiates to the symbol can recognize.
Understanding how symbols are deliberate and purposeful, suddenly meaning can be recognized in all kinds of things we see every day. Of course, they are also prone to being misunderstood, or having false meaning attributed to them. Certainty can be scarce in the study of symbolism.
Logos of different corporations and businesses, government flags, emblems, and more are rich with symbolism that speaks a language only those who pay close attention can understand.
Here’s an example I always think of: why do so many flags in the world display 5 pointed stars? Other symbols such as crosses, 6 pointed stars, 7 pointed stars, crescent moons, and more also appear on flags across the world.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Why would so many various factions of power across the world all unanimously decide that a 5 pointed star would best represent them on their flag?
Why do countries (China and the US) that appear to conflict with each other both have 5 pointed stars featured prominently on their flags?
It’s like an inside joke: there must be something that common civilian populations do not understand about the significance of the 5 pointed star. I don’t think so many governments and corporations unanimously decided a 5 pointed star is aesthetically pleasing for a flag.
It has to mean something more than we know.
It’s not difficult to make the case that some natural shapes and geometric formations are used as symbols simply because they look good. However, I think there are many more layers.
I believe shapes such as squares, octagons, triangles, and others are astrotheological references: references to the angles that planets make in the sky, and a system of esoteric knowledge that has been successfully hidden from most people. It is through understanding astrology and its significance to these people in power that I’ve come to this conclusion.
Some videos online can be found about astrotheological symbolism (essentially astrology related symbolism).
This video in particular examined symbolism in the auto-industry. Aries the Ram on the Dodge Ram logo, a Ford Taurus, a Mercury, the Mars symbol on Volvo: the astrotheological references are endless.
In addition, Marty Leeds explored what may be a reference to Pi (3.14), symbolism about the mathematics of creation in auto-industry logos.
To understand the 5 pointed star as an astrotheological reference, one would have to look at an unusual astrology aspect that seems to have been hidden from mainstream astrologers: the quintile, a 72 or 144 degree angle between two planets.
If 5 planets were locked into quintiles, that would make a pentagram in the sky.
There may be some hidden esoteric information in this 5 pointed star, but as of right now, I haven’t figured it out at all. People say the 5 pointed star represents the 4 elements (fire, air, earth, water) and spirit, but I don’t think that’s where the rabbit hole ends. There must be deeper layers of meaning to this strange symbol that appears everywhere.
However, the symbols that have my attention the most are probably the symbols that seem to represent slavery. The octagon, the 8 pointed star of Inanna, the oblong square, the hypercube: these symbols are said to represent slavery, being boxed in and trapped, never-ending loops, and things of that nature.
It would make sense to me, considering the malefic aspects in astrology are squares and oppositions. When planets make squares to each other, bad things happen, to sum it up briefly.
Trines and sextiles, multiples of the 6 pointed star are functional, positive aspects in astrology: and I’m starting to believe that’s why the 6 pointed star is chosen for some business logos and flags. Perhaps it’s a symbol of their effort succeeding or coming to fruition with ease.
The Octagon, or 8 Pointed Star of Inanna
The 8 pointed star or octogon is thought to be a symbol of slavery: of being boxed in and trapped, controlled or things of that nature.
The United Nations logo is an 8 pointed star engulfing the planet. It can be found on many more government logos in particular.
In Stanley Kubrick’s final film Eyes Wide Shut, which is essentially about a psychopathic ruling class of people, the 8 pointed star is featured prominently in the first scenes of the movie.
Kubrick was known for his meticulous attention to detail: we know for sure the placement of this symbol was not an accident.
The Square, or Oblong Square, Hyper-Cube
The oblong square is a square that is positioned sideways like a diamond. It appears on many corporate logos, and all over architecture and things we see in every day life. It is said that it’s a symbol of boxing people in and trapping them at base consciousness.
However, it’s nearly impossible to have certainty recognizing the oblong square as a symbol meant to depict this. It’s everywhere, so differentiating coincidence from intentful symbolic representation is very difficult.
Over time, a person looking into symbolism can begin to make this distinction. It seems obvious for example, in the Chase Bank logo because it’s a square inside an octogon, making a sort of swastika shape.
The hypercube is thought to represent a never-ending loop, a prison of consciousness. Researchers such as Mark Passio have presented this theory.
The 6 Pointed Star, or Triangle
While for some reason, certain governmental, corporate, or institutional entities choose seemingly negative symbolism, such as the squares that seem to represent people being boxed in, other entities choose symbols that point to a focus on success.
From the Wal-Mart logo to the 6 pointed “Star of David” found on the Israeli flag (which is of course a symbol older than we could ever know), this symbol can be found everywhere.
Some claim that it represents a cube, since a cube looks like a hexagon if you look at it from an angle.
Theories about symbolism depicting the “Black Cube of Saturn” have circulated widely, and I think they are credible because something certainly is being represented by all these monuments in the picture below.
One of Saturn’s poles has a hexagonal storm on it, depicted below. However, somehow Saturn symbolism involving a black cube has been around for longer than the public has known Saturn has a hexagonal storm on it.
What do these symbols actually do to people? I’m not completely sure. Perhaps they work against our subconscious in a way we don’t understand. Perhaps they don’t do much to us, and people in power just have a belief that they do.
Whatever the reason, this much is clear: people in power care very much about symbolism, and meaning can be found in it that tells us about the world we live in.
Banks Are Stealing Our Future? How To Put An End? October 7 2017 | From: DecentraliseToday
The European Central Bank is not able to stop the crisis started in 2008, why? Is there a lack of macroeconomic models? Yes, of course, and it is under our noses since a century.
Yes, of course, and it is under our noses since a century.
Rwo years ago Richard A. Werner, the inventor of term “Quantitative Easing” and the “Quantity Theory of Credit”, published a great paper pointing out the conclusive scientific evidence about the bank system theories.
“The evidence is that commercial banks create money (and capital) out of nothing.."
This incredible discovery has a corollary: What are they doing with all that money ? Are they supporting the real world economy ?
Unfortunately, the answer to those questions can be found in desperation that people of South Europe are experiencing day by day. Thousands of suicides in Greece and, hundreds in Italy too -
Prof. Richard A. Werner - Southampton Business School - University of Southampton, UK
It is clear to each one that, at present, there is nothing that a Central Bank or a State Bank can do, to reduce the incredible power accumulated into private commercial banks during decades of missed controls. Banks, simply, can corrupt everything touched and they do it right now.
As asserted by ancient Latins: “ Pecunia nervus belli”, money is the sinew of war, so it is really hard to fight commercial banks without draconian measures, like a nationalization plan.
To prevent that measure, some commercial banks, helped by worldwide giants like JP Morgan and Goldman Sachs, have started a great campaign to mine some democratic constitutions judged to be too socialists to support their deals.
“JP Morgan: The political systems in the periphery (of Europe) were established in the aftermath of dictatorship, and were defined by that experience. Constitutions tend to show a strong socialist influence, reflecting the political strength that left wing parties gained after the defeat of fascism."
But how do banks operate and where does the money supply come from?
To answer that question it is needed to better understand the importance of the matter. Depending on what is the answer, the money creation can or cannot be considered within the macroeconomic models, with the incredible result to have a lack of forecast capabilities and general economics understanding.
Mario Draghi, ECB President during an assault by a Femen activist
“During the past century, three different theories of banking were dominant at different times:
1. The currently prevalent financial intermediation theory of banking says that banks collect deposits and then lend these out, just like other non-bank financial intermediaries.
2. The older fractional reserve theory of banking says that each individual bank is a financial intermediary without the power to create money, but the banking system collectively is able to create money through the process of multiple deposit expansion (the ‘money multiplier’).
3. The credit creation theory of banking, predominant a century ago, does not consider banks as financial intermediaries that gather deposits to lend out, but instead argues that each individual bank creates credit and money newly when granting a bank loan.
"
It is clear that the current prevalent theory of financial intermediation is the most desirable by private bankers. Unfortunately, the 2008 crisis highlights the inconsistency of the macroeconomic models adopting it.
But, let’s continue with Werner’s words:
“Since according to the dominant financial intermediation theory, banks are virtually identical with other non-bank financial intermediaries, they are not usually included in the economic models used in economics or by central bankers.
Moreover, the theory of banks as intermediaries provides the rationale for capital adequacy-based bank regulation. Should this theory not be correct, currently prevailing economics modelling and policy-making would be without empirical foundation. Despite the importance of this question, so far only one empirical test of the three theories has been reported in learned journals."
“Should this theory not be correct, currently prevailing economics modelling and policy-making would be without empirical foundation.”
It sounds like : “We are on the wrong path to deal with the issue” - A horrific thought now is crossing my mind, do you remember the President Andrew Jackson and its “War to the Banks of United States” ? Well, we shall take care of him in another story.
US President Andrew Jackson, famous for his War to the Banks of United States
“The question is considered why the economics profession has failed over most of the past century to make any progress concerning knowledge of the monetary system, and why it instead moved ever further away from the truth as already recognized by the credit creation theory well over a century ago."
And let’s go to the final conclusions.
“In this paper the reason why bank regulation based on the fractional reserve and on the financial intermediation theories of banking have not been successful identified. On the other hand, having no bank regulation is also not likely to be successful, as the 2008 financial crisis has shown:
Bank credit derivatives had been entirely unregulated on the advice of Alan Greenspan and other supporters of unregulated markets."
Alan Greenspan, the leading supporter of unregulated markets
“They have since concurred with their critics that regulation would have been better. But what type of bank regulation is likely to be more successful?
In the era when the credit creation theory of banking was dominant, its proponents pointed out that bank credit creation and growth in economic activity are connected, and credit for different types of transactions has a diverging effect on the economy.
Finally, the confirmation of the results reported further strengthens the call for a new, interdisciplinary research agenda on the role of banks and the central bank in particular, and the monetary system in general, which should be firmly rooted in the inductive, empirical research methodology to produce scientific economics.
While many authors have proclaimed a continuous blurring of the division between banks and non-bank financial institutions, results showed precisely what allows banks to create money (and capital) out of nothing, while non-banks are unable to do so.
Interdisciplinary work with researchers in politics, law, accounting,management, operational research, information technology, engineering and systems research is called for to ensure that economics and finance on their own cannot continue to ignore empirical reality and embark on another lost century for economic sciences”.
So, how to put an end ? I guess that the first step is to be aware that we are on the wrong path.
There is a great mala fide in the actual crisis management - The 2008 crisis has been used to force the south European population to accept illegal great change in their constitution, with an unprecedented violence since Nazi time - Once that the very few, remained honest, politicians will be convinced, a great national efforts could try to reduce the influence of commercial banks on our lives, via a nationalization plan able to put again the auto-determination in the citizens hands.
I would like to thank Mr. Marco Saba (Iassem) for the incredible effort in search of the Truth. I suggest a series of articles on its EquaCoin.
EU Hypocrisy Exposed Again In Spanish Crackdown On Catalans October 7 2017 | From: Geopolitics
The European Union cockroaches were quick on condemning strong leaderships running after terrorists and drug trafficking, yet mum on the daylight police brutality of the Spanish government against the legitimate exercise of political power by the Catalans.
Deafening silence: EU must condemn Spain’s Catalonia crackdown.
Over the last few days, tens of thousands of Catalans have mobilized en-masse to take part in a referendum on the future of Catalonia.
Whatever your opinion on the question of Catalonian independence, there can be no doubt the response from the Spanish government has been heavy-handed and excessive.
The Spanish government claimed the referendum, which looks likely to return a resounding ‘yes’ vote and may well have done so by the time you read these words, is illegal.
Indeed, the government has claimed the referendum on independence violates the Spanish constitution. Now, even if one assumes that legality, is a sufficient means to measure right or wrong, illegality, or breaking the law, cannot in itself provide a justification for unprovoked physical violence.
And unprovoked violence is what was seen on the streets of Barcelona and beyond on Sunday.
Video and images of the police beating activists, and those attempting to cast a vote flooded social media as voting began in Barcelona in the early hours of Sunday morning.
I witnessed for myself police trying to control the flood of people entering one polling station in Barcelona, only to fail due to the sheer numbers of those present.
A number of videos showed police entering separate polling stations and seizing ballot boxes full of votes that had been cast. Were it not for the large amounts of people occupying the polling station where I spent the afternoon, I believe the same thing would have happened there too.
And this brings us to the crux of the matter: Spain, or any other country, cannot claim for itself the status of ‘a democracy,’ while repressing the fundamental democratic freedoms of its people, in this case, the Catalans. Personally, the situation brings to mind the plight of the Palestinians, who are routinely attacked by the Israeli state while Israel harps on about being a democracy. Hypocrisy of the highest order.
Now, we’ve all the seen the images of the Spanish police beating Catalans, shutting down polling booths, and seizing ballot boxes.
What I didn’t see, however, and which is a stark paradox in my mind, were gatherings of neo-Nazi nationalists who were openly doing Nazi salutes in Catalonia Square being challenged with the same vigor, by the very same police who were attacking the polling booths. Why? How can this possibly make any sense?
How can the Spanish police justify their crackdown on voters while allowing neo-nationalists to make open Nazi salutes and parade in Barcelona unchallenged? Are the Spanish authorities really more afraid of the ballot box than neo-Nazis?
The only thing worse than this violence and hypocrisy is the deafening silence from other European and world leaders. The EU as a bloc has failed to take a formal stand against the brutalization of the Catalan people, who are, after all, citizens of the EU.
Now, I’m not a fan of the neo-liberal economic program that underpins the EU, and I’m even less of a fan of the ‘leave’ campaign in Britain.
But it cannot be right, that the leadership of the EU is silent on this issue of Catalonia when it is so willing to criticize human rights abuses elsewhere.
If the treatment of the Catalan people had taken place in the Middle East or Africa, the EU and other Europeans leaders would have been quick off the mark to condemn it. There may have even been calls for no-fly zones or intervention.
Or just imagine if the Catalan people had suffered such harsh treatment in Russia? You can almost hear the hypocritical voices aiming their vitriol at Moscow.
To be fair, a handful of leaders including Jeremy Corbyn have condemned the violent treatment of the Catalan people, albeit in a lukewarm fashion given their significant platform. But the Spanish government should hang its head in shame. And so too should its apologists.
During my time in Spain this week, I’ve heard many people forward the argument that because parts of Catalonia are affluent, that somehow makes their case for independence illegitimate. But the right of individuals to determine their own future can never be illegitimate.
And in any case, ironically, the violence of the Spanish state, and the silence of other so-called leaders may have ultimately worked for the Catalan people. The unjust violence toward them is painfully obvious to anyone with eyes to see it.
The silence of other so-called democracies over this issue, in condemning the violence, is deafening.
The willingness of Brussels to highlight human rights abuses in so many non-European countries, while staying silent on Catalonia, is glaring.
Meanwhile, the Las Vegas shooting, which claimed 58 lives and 515 injured, is being blamed on “a 64-year-old retiree from Mesquite, Nevada, had as many as 10 guns with him, including rifles,” reports said.
A hand grenade would have inflicted the same casualties, if that the was the intention.
Again, the targets are civilians and not erring government officials, which means that the action is meant to sow terror and fear upon the public, and not a legitimate expression of social frustration.
We are suspecting that there could be more than one shooter, and the old man was just a fall guy. Here’s why:
“The shooter appeared to fire unhindered for more than 10 minutes as Las Vegas police frantically tried to locate the man in one of the Mandalay Bay hotel towers, according to radio traffic. For several minutes, officers could not tell whether the automatic fire was coming from Mandalay Bay or the neighboring Luxor hotel.
Poem by Agnes Török on the news of a new Conservative budget. Based on experiences of living in Britain under austerity as a young, queer, unemployed, female immigrant student – and not taking it any more. More info on: www.agnestorok.org
“What has to be explained is not the fact that the man who is hungry steals or the man who is exploited strikes, but why the majority of those who are hungry don’t steal and why the majority of those who are exploited don’t strike.”
- Wilhelm Reich “The Mass Psychology of Fascism”
Presuming that people are exploited and that it is in their interests to strike back, and we think they are and it is, what can we say about this?
Further reading: Marx and Engels “The German Ideology” / Steven Lukes “Power” / “In Defence of False Consciousness”
How Swedes and Norwegians Broke the Power of the ‘1 Percent’
While many of us work to create a better world, it’s worthwhile to consider other countries where masses of people succeeded in nonviolently bringing about a high degree of democracy and economic justice.
Sweden and Norway, for example, both experienced a major power shift in the 1930s after prolonged nonviolent struggle. They “fired” the top 1 percent of people who set the direction for society and created the basis for something different.
Both countries had a history of horrendous poverty. When the 1 percent was in charge, hundreds of thousands of people emigrated to avoid starvation. Under the leadership of the working class, however, both countries built robust and successful economies that nearly eliminated poverty, expanded free university education, abolished slums, provided excellent health care available to all as a matter of right and created a system of full employment.
Unlike the Norwegians, the Swedes didn’t find oil, but that didn’t stop them from building what the latest CIA World Factbook calls “an enviable standard of living.”
Neither country is a utopia, as readers of the crime novels by Stieg Larsson, Henning Mankell and Jo Nesbø will know. Critical left-wing authors such as these try to push Sweden and Norway to continue on the path toward more fully just societies.
However, as an American activist who first encountered Norway as a student in 1959 and learned some of its language and culture, the achievements I found amazed me. I remember, for example, bicycling for hours through a small industrial city, looking in vain for substandard housing.
Sometimes resisting the evidence of my eyes, I made up stories that “accounted for” the differences I saw: “small country,” “homogeneous,” “a value consensus.” I finally gave up imposing my frameworks on these countries and learned the real reason: their own histories.
Then I began to learn that the Swedes and Norwegians paid a price for their standards of living through nonviolent struggle. There was a time when Scandinavian workers didn’t expect that the electoral arena could deliver the change they believed in.
They realized that, with the 1 percent in charge, electoral “democracy” was stacked against them, so nonviolent direct action was needed to exert the power for change.
In both countries, the troops were called out to defend the 1 percent; people died. Award-winning Swedish filmmaker Bo Widerberg told the Swedish story vividly in Ådalen 31, which depicts the strikers killed in 1931 and the sparking of a nationwide general strike. (You can read more about this case in an entry by Max Rennebohm in the Global Nonviolent Action Database.)
The Norwegians had a harder time organizing a cohesive people’s movement because Norway’s small population - about three million - was spread out over a territory the size of Britain. People were divided by mountains and fjords, and they spoke regional dialects in isolated valleys.
In the nineteenth century, Norway was ruled by Denmark and then by Sweden; in the context of Europe Norwegians were the “country rubes,” of little consequence. Not until 1905 did Norway finally become independent.
When workers formed unions in the early 1900s, they generally turned to Marxism, organizing for revolution as well as immediate gains. They were overjoyed by the overthrow of the czar in Russia, and the Norwegian Labor Party joined the Communist International organized by Lenin.
Labor didn’t stay long, however. One way in which most Norwegians parted ways with Leninist strategy was on the role of violence: Norwegians wanted to win their revolution through collective nonviolent struggle, along with establishing co-ops and using the electoral arena.
In the 1920s strikes increased in intensity. The town of Hammerfest formed a commune in 1921, led by workers councils; the army intervened to crush it. The workers’ response verged toward a national general strike. The employers, backed by the state, beat back that strike, but workers erupted again in the ironworkers’ strike of 1923 - 24.
The Norwegian 1 percent decided not to rely simply on the army; in 1926 they formed a social movement called the Patriotic League, recruiting mainly from the middle class. By the 1930s, the League included as many as 100,000 people for armed protection of strike breakers - this in a country of only 3 million!
The Labor Party, in the meantime, opened its membership to anyone, whether or not in a unionized workplace. Middle-class Marxists and some reformers joined the party. Many rural farm workers joined the Labor Party, as well as some small landholders.
Labor leadership understood that in a protracted struggle, constant outreach and organizing was needed to a nonviolent campaign. In the midst of the growing polarization, Norway’s workers launched another wave of strikes and boycotts in 1928.
The Depression hit bottom in 1931. More people were jobless there than in any other Nordic country. Unlike in the U.S., the Norwegian union movement kept the people thrown out of work as members, even though they couldn’t pay dues.
This decision paid off in mass mobilizations. When the employers’ federation locked employees out of the factories to try to force a reduction of wages, the workers fought back with massive demonstrations.
Many people then found that their mortgages were in jeopardy. (Sound familiar?) The Depression continued, and farmers were unable to keep up payment on their debts. As turbulence hit the rural sector, crowds gathered nonviolently to prevent the eviction of families from their farms.
The Agrarian Party, which included larger farmers and had previously been allied with the Conservative Party, began to distance itself from the 1 percent; some could see that the ability of the few to rule the many was in doubt.
By 1935, Norway was on the brink. The Conservative-led government was losing legitimacy daily; the 1 percent became increasingly desperate as militancy grew among workers and farmers. A complete overthrow might be just a couple years away, radical workers thought.
However, the misery of the poor became more urgent daily, and the Labor Party felt increasing pressure from its members to alleviate their suffering, which it could do only if it took charge of the government in a compromise agreement with the other side.
This it did. In a compromise that allowed owners to retain the right to own and manage their firms, Labor in 1935 took the reins of government in coalition with the Agrarian Party. They expanded the economy and started public works projects to head toward a policy of full employment that became the keystone of Norwegian economic policy.
Labor’s success and the continued militancy of workers enabled steady inroads against the privileges of the 1 percent, to the point that majority ownership of all large firms was taken by the public interest. (There is an entry on this case as well at the Global Nonviolent Action Database.)
The 1 percent thereby lost its historic power to dominate the economy and society. Not until three decades later could the Conservatives return to a governing coalition, having by then accepted the new rules of the game, including a high degree of public ownership of the means of production, extremely progressive taxation, strong business regulation for the public good and the virtual abolition of poverty.
When Conservatives eventually tried a fling with neoliberal policies, the economy generated a bubble and headed for disaster. (Sound familiar?)
Labor stepped in, seized the three largest banks, fired the top management, left the stockholders without a dime and refused to bail out any of the smaller banks. The well-purged Norwegian financial sector was not one of those countries that lurched into crisis in 2008; carefully regulated and much of it publicly owned, the sector was solid.
Although Norwegians may not tell you about this the first time you meet them, the fact remains that their society’s high level of freedom and broadly-shared prosperity began when workers and farmers, along with middle-class allies, waged a nonviolent struggle that empowered the people to govern for the common good.
Earthing was a common practice in the past, but today people would stare at somebody walking barefoot in public. However, many studies published over the years have proved that the practice has enormous health benefits.
The Earth contains negative charge, and when somebody earths, it supply the person with antioxidants, as well as free-radical destroying electrons. This means putting your feet on the ground enables you to absorb large amounts of negative electrons through the soles of your feet which, in turn, can help to maintain your body at the same negatively charged electrical potential as the Earth.
Dr. James Oschman, a PhD in biology from the University of Pittsburgh and an expert in the field of energy medicine, notes:
A study titled “Earthing: Health Implications of Reconnecting the Human Body to the Earth’s Surface Electrons” postulates that earthing could represent a potential treatment or solution to a variety of chronic degenerative diseases.
It could also serve as a natural and “profoundly effective environmental strategy” against chronic stress, ANS dysfunction, inflammation, pain, poor sleep, disturbed HRV, hyper-coagulable blood, and many common health disorders, including cardiovascular disease.
Another study, conducted by the Department of Neurosurgery from the Military Clinical Hospital in Powstancow Warszawy, found that blood urea concentrations are lower in subjects who are earthed during physical exercise, and that earthing during exercise resulted in improved exercise recovery.
“This simple process of grounding is one of the most potent antioxidants we know of. Grounding has been shown to relieve pain, reduce inflammation, improve sleep, enhance well being, and much, much more. Unfortunately, many living in developed countries are rarely grounded anymore.”
Vegas Shooting: Official Scenario Crumbling & More False Flag Ops As Deep State Is Losing On Every Battlefront October 5 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Geopolitics
The worst single shooter incident of all time in the US is fast turning out to be the worst false flag operation ever.
The forensic analysis and official narrative simply don’t add up.
But what can we expect from the same people who claim that inexperienced Arab pilots were able to dive into the World Trade Center towers with pinpoint accuracy to pull them down?
More than one Vegas shooter; evidence builds Lone shooter? Really? And this is supposed to be more than a convenient fantasy?
Yesterday, I did a brief analysis of the number of people killed and wounded at the Vegas Concert (573) in roughly four and half minutes, which is the police estimate of the duration of the attack.
I mistakenly reversed figures. The correct conclusion would be: the lone shooter killed or wounded 2.1 persons per second. It is HIGHLY doubtful Paddock could have done that. His distance from the concert, his lack of professional skill, his state of mind, among other factors, rule against it.
Any competent and honest law-enforcement analyst would see a huge red flag right away.
But of course, multiple shooters destroys the official narrative and opens the door to an investigation that could expose, for example, an intentional false flag operation.
Here is a piece of Jeff Rense’s analysis of rate-of-fire vs. people struck by bullets. It cuts to the core of the absurd lone shooter assumption:
“…a potential MAXIMUM of only 360 rounds could be fired at full auto burst with NO magazine changes in the approximate four minutes or 240 seconds of the shooting!”
“So, Paddock didn’t fire 360 rounds in 240 seconds because he had to stop and change magazines…probably 30 round mags. That would be THIRTEEN magazine changes
in the 240 seconds. And it is reported he fired from both broken out windows in the room/s.”
“Survivors state there were shooting pauses and that is when they would run.”
“Let’s say Paddock managed to get off an amazing 300 rounds in 4 minutes (or 240 seconds) and hit someone with EVERY ROUND.”
“Remember, there were 573 killed and wounded according to late statistics.”
“WHO, then, fired off the other full-auto 273 rounds also without missing a single shot ?!”
Another man who apparently has significant professional background re weapons has sent me his detailed analysis:
“There is NO WAY in hell that this inexperienced guy was able to hit 500+ people, at a down sloping range of approximately 250-350 yards using a make-shift weapon modified to shot automatically. Here are some reasons why, and you can check with other experts to verify my points.”
“1. It was dark and no matter how well lit, there are many shadows to hide in.
2. Simple a ‘sear’ (pronounced see-er) modification would have only permitted one entire magazine to shoot all at once with no select fire (being able to start and stop).
3. There are some devices (like AutoGlove and Bump Fire) that can simulate full automatic fire, but they cannot be used accurately or effectively.
4. Even if the shooter was able to somehow obtain a full normal functioning automatic rifle, anyone with military experience can tell you that the rifles are difficult to control when firing more than 3 round bursts – especially a .308 or AK47 type. This is because the rifle will uncontrollably rise if automatic fire is constant.
5. After the first 15 or so seconds, the crowd scattered and took cover.
6. I don’t have a count of how many pieces of empty brass (fired rounds) they have recovered, but knowing how many shots were fired compared to how many people were hit will tell you the hit ratio. If this guy did this in 20 seconds, we needed him desperately in Afghanistan!
7. To fire 500 aimed shoots and swap out magazines would have taken him about 15-20 minutes, and there is no way that each shot would have hit someone – more than likely would have missed.”
“To put in perspective…. Say a guy purchases an expensive bolt action rifle in .308 with a nice expensive scope. Without experience, someone would have to mount the scope for him and do a rough sighting in with a laser. This individual then takes this rifle to a range in broad daylight with no stress and using a bench rest and breathing techniques and all the time in the world and fires at a target 300 yards.
It is possible, but doubtful if that person could hit a large refrigerator at that range UNLESS they had LOTS OF PRACTICE and EXPERIENCE. For every 1 minute (1/60th of a degree) of angle change at the rifle, the bullet would vary by 3 inches at 300 yards. For this untrained guy to be wildly shooting with a high heart rate at nighttime? Well, bullets would be going everywhere!”
I fully understand that the estimates of 573 killed and wounded, and the police statement that all the shooting took place in four and half minutes, may be off. These figures may not be precise.
Nevertheless, they are a good and proper starting point. And even allowing for later adjustments, the evidence for multiple shooters and against a lone amateur like Paddock is stunning.
Because, in certain cases with great consequences, the overall agenda and the direction of an investigation are set from offices far higher than the positions of the actual detectives and agents on the scene.
“This is what we want to know. Only this. Everything else is off limits.”
But it’s not off limits for us.
More False Flag Ops As Deep State Is Losing On Every Battlefront
The script has been overused for some time, but as madmen they are, they must continue to unleash their MK-ULTRA assets whenever there’s a need to sway public’s attention away from the multi-pronged offensive against their well-built institutions of dominance.
The Mandalay Bay casino active shooting today comes right after ISIS claims responsibility for the Marseille knife attack that killed two people.
This is the new normal as the Deep State is hemorrhaging financially, and losing power and influence globally:
90% of Catalonia residents have expressed in no uncertain terms that they will sever their allegiance from the Spanish Empire, more so after the disproportionate fascist crackdown yesterday;
Citibank is packing and preparing to move out of Russia. Goodbye fiat dollar;
Turkey is about to switch on its Russian-built nuclear power plant. Turkey doesn’t need NATO anymore, says Erdogan;
Federal Reserve CEO Janet Yellen is on the way out;
After they have raided the Russian Embassy in the US, the Deep State US Congress is now aiming for RT America shutdown. Fake news media must have no competition. Likewise, Google’s Perspective API filtering will take good care of the alternative online media.
Today, mainstream financial experts are also being puzzled as to why your paychecks aren’t growing as the economy. They point to “recession hangover” as one probable cause.
5. Could this be a Recession Hangover?
That’s almost certainly part of the problem. The 2007-2009 recession put millions out of work. When people finally landed jobs again, they took whatever pay was offered.
Businesses got used to keeping wages low during the crisis and are now reluctant to give bigger raises, even though the labor market is tight and they complain they can’t find enough workers.
Economists hope this will change as more unemployed people find work or start quitting to get better-paying jobs. Still, it’s clear that other trends are also in play, including globalization, technological innovation and the steady march of demographic change.
6. How do Globalization and Technology Factor in?
Over the past few decades, increasing trade and the establishment of global supply chains led to more competition from low-cost countries, such as China, especially in manufacturing.
With their jobs at risk, there was less room for American workers to ask for higher pay. Technological advances also made it easier for machines to replace workers, especially for routine and repetitive tasks. Artificial intelligence is even threatening Wall Street jobs.
The truth is simply that the US government has been kicking the empty can for so long and its creditors have been pulling the ropes around its neck until it stops being the perennial bully to the rest of the planet.
There’s now a covert negotiation to establish a US National Bank, with the help of China, purposely to finance Donald Trump’s infrastructure projects. That’s the reason why the Federal Reserve is about to close down its fiat dollar manufacturing and distribution worldwide.
Janet Yellen and cohorts in the Babylonian monetary scam
Only gold-backed and resource-denominated currencies will be honored in the foreseeable future. These are just some of the reasons why the West needs to endure more false flag operations as we go along.
The Western population must never know what’s going on with the rest of the world, i.e. how the resistance movement is gaining ground, day by day, against the empire.
Eleven Habits Of Genuinely Likable People October 5 2017 | From: Inc
How to make a great first impression - and a great lasting impression.
There's a formula to making a great first impression: Smile, make eye contact, be engaging. But first impressions can also quickly lose their impact, especially when there's no substance beneath the surface glow.
But you can, because being the most likable person in the room has nothing to do with your level of success, or your presentation skills, or how you dress, or the image you project. Being genuinely likable is all about what you do.
How can you be more likable, in a sincere and authentic way?
1. Give Before You Receive, Knowing You May Never Receive
Never think about what you can get. Focus on what you can provide. Giving is the only way to establish a real connection and relationship.
Focus on what you can get out of the other person, and you show that the only person who really matters is you.
2. Shift the Spotlight to Other People
No one receives enough praise. That means one of the easiest ways to be likable is to tell people what they did well. Wait, you say you don't know what they did well? Shame on you - it's your job to know.
Not only will people appreciate your praise, they'll appreciate the fact you care enough to pay attention to what they do. And then they'll feel a little more accomplished and a lot more important, and they'll love you for making them feel that way.
3. Listen Three Times More Than You Talk
Ask questions. Maintain eye contact. Smile. Frown. Nod. Respond - not just verbally, but nonverbally. That's all it takes to show the other person he or she is important.
When you do speak, don't offer advice unless you're asked. Listening shows you care a lot more than offering advice does, because when you offer advice, in most cases, you make the conversation about you.
Don't believe me? Who is "Here's what I would do" about: you or the other person? Only speak when you have something important to say - and always define important as what matters to the other person, not to you.
4. Never Practice Selective Hearing
Some people - and I guarantee you know people like this - are incapable of hearing anything said by someone they feel is somehow beneath them. Sure, you speak to them, but that particular falling tree doesn't make a sound in the forest, because there's no one actually listening.
Charismatic people listen closely to everyone, and they make all of us, regardless of our position or social status or "level," feel like we have something in common with them.
Because we do. We're all human.
5. Be Thoughtful Simply Because You Can
I pulled into a service bay to get my oil changed. As I got out of the car, one of the techs said, "Man, those are nice wheels. Too bad they're so dirty." He smiled, just teasing. "I know," I said. "My next stop is the car wash." Then I went inside to wait.
When I walked to my car to leave, the tech was just standing up, filthy rags in his hand. "It took some work, but I got 'em all clean," he said. Every rim sparkled. Every speck of brake dust was gone.
"Wow, that's awesome, but you didn't have to do that," I said. "We're not very busy," he shrugged. "I had time. Figured I would make 'em look better." Just then a car pulled into another bay so he hustled away, saying over his shoulder, "Have a good day."
That was years ago, but I still haven't forgotten it. Instead of turning idle time into "me time," likable people use their free time to do something nice - not because they're expected to, but just because they can.
6. Put Your Stuff Away
Don't check your phone. Don't glance at your monitor. Don't focus on anything else, even for a moment.
You can never connect with others if you're busy connecting with your stuff, too. Give the gift of your full attention. That's a gift few people give. It alone will make others want to be around you.
7. Never Act Self-Important...
The only people who are impressed by your stuffy, pretentious, self-important self are other stuffy, pretentious, self-important people. The rest aren't impressed. They're irritated, put off, and uncomfortable. And they hate when you walk into the room.
8. ...Because Other People are Always More Important
You already know what you know. You know your opinions. You know your perspectives and points of view. That stuff isn't important, because it's already yours. You can't learn anything from yourself. But you don't know what other people know, and everyone, no matter who he or she is, knows things you don't know.
That makes other people a lot more important to you than you - because you can learn from them.
9. Choose Your Words Wisely
The words you use impact the attitude of others.
For example, you don't have to go to a meeting; you get to go meet with other people. You don't have to create a presentation for a new client; you get to share cool stuff with other people. You don't have to go to the gym; you get to work out and improve your health and fitness.
You don't have to interview job candidates; you get to select a great person to join your team. We all want to associate with happy, enthusiastic, fulfilled people. The words you choose can help other people feel better about themselves - and make you feel better about yourself.
10. Never Talk About the Failings of Other People...
Granted, we all like hearing a little gossip. We all like hearing a little dirt. The problem is, we don't necessarily like - and we definitely don't respect - the people who dish that dirt.
Don't laugh at other people. When you do, the people around you wonder if you sometimes laugh at them.
11. ...But Readily Admit Your Own Failings
Incredibly successful people are often assumed to have charisma simply because they're successful. Their success seems to create a halo effect, almost like a glow. The key word is seem.
You don't have to be incredibly successful to be remarkably charismatic. Scratch the shiny surface, and many successful people have all the charisma of a rock.
But you do have to be incredibly genuine to be remarkably charismatic. Be humble. Share your screwups. Admit your mistakes. Be the cautionary tale. And laugh at yourself. While you should never laugh at other people, you should always laugh at yourself. People won't laugh at you. People will laugh with you.
They'll like you better for it - and they'll want to be around you a lot more.
The US Military Is Quietly Building SkyNet October 4 2017 | From: Zerohedge
Maybe Elon Musk had a point… The US’s military leaders have agreed on a strategy to guarantee the US military retains its global dominance during the twenty-first century: Connect everything with everything, as DefenseOne describes it.
The result? An unimaginably large cephapoloidal nervous system armed with the world’s most advanced weaponry, and in control of all military equipment belonging to the world’s most powerful army.
A networked military – an extreme take on the “internet of things” - would connect everything from F-35 jets to the Navy’s destroyers to the armor of the tanks crawling over the land to the devices carried by soldiers – every weapon would be connected. Every weapon, vehicle, and device connected, sharing data, constantly aware of the presence and state of every other node in a truly global network.
Of course, the development of these “smart” weapons should unnerve Tesla CEO Elon Musk, who has repeatedly warned that AI and machine learning poses a greater threat to the future of the US than North Korea. If not properly regulated, Elon suggested that machines could turn against their human masters.
“Until people see robots going down the street killing people, they don’t know how to react because it seems so ethereal,” he said.
AI is a rare case where I think we need to be proactive in regulation instead of reactive. Because I think by the time we are reactive in AI regulation, it’s too late.”
The Joint Chiefs of Staff described their vision for a completely networked military in the newest iteration of their National Military Strategy, which lays out their plans for building the military's weapon of the future. Ironically, Air Force Chief of Staff Gen. David Goldfein said he had based the plan on a certain money-losing electric-car manufacturer.
Goldfein was particularly impressed by Tesla’s ability to remotely extend the battery life of vehicles as their owners fled Hurricane Irma earlier this month.
In recent months, the Joint Chiefs of Staff put together the newest version of their National Military Strategy. Unlike previous ones, it is classified. But executing a strategy requiring buy-in and collaboration across the services.
In recent months, at least two of the service chiefs talked openly about the strikingly similar direction that they are taking their forces. Standing before a sea of dark- blue uniforms at a September Air Force Association event in Maryland, Air Force Chief of Staff Gen. David Goldfein said he had “refined” his plans for the Air Force after discussions with the Joint Chiefs “as part of the creation of the classified military strategy.”
The future for the Air Force? The service needed to be more like a certain electric-car manufacturer.
“Every Tesla car is connected to every other Tesla car,” said Goldfein, referring to a presentation by Elon Musk about the ways his firm’s vehicles learn from their collective experience.
“If a Tesla is headed down the road and hits a pothole, every Tesla that’s behind it that’s self-driving, it will avoid the pothole, immediately. If you’re driving the car, it automatically adjusts your shocks in case you hit it, too.”
Goldfein waxed enthusiastically about how Tesla was able to remotely increase the battery capacity of cars in the U.S. Southeast to facilitate evacuation before the recent hurricanes.
“What would the world look like if we connected what we have in that way? If we looked at the world through a lens of a network as opposed to individual platforms, electronic jamming shared immediately, avoided automatically?
Every three minutes, a mobility aircraft takes off somewhere on the planet. Platforms are nodes in a network,” the Air Force chief said.
As DefenseOne explains, the idea of a networked military borrows from the “network centric warfare” concept that first emerged more than a decade ago. However, the concept that military leaders proposed in their latest review is less a strategy for increasing efficiency than a plan to connect all military equipment on a single network. The result would be better coordinated, faster, and more lethal operations in air, land, sea, space, and cyberspace.
The Air Force has begun making broad investments in data sharing. And its experiments with next-generation light tactical attack aircraft are as much about hardware as networks, he said.
“Not only what can I buy and what can they do, but more importantly, can they connect? Can they actually share? And can we tie it to a new network that’s based on sharable information that gets me beyond the challenges I have right now in terms of security?” Goldfein said.
The Air Force Science Board is studying how to control a network of military equipment including light attack aircraft, tanks and even unmanned drones. James Chow, the board’s new head, told DefenseOne the study would also consider how to connect to other services.
As DefenseOne explains, although most of the research into the networked military is being conducted by the Air Force, once implemented, any system would likely include weapons from across the military, like Navy destroyers, said Chow.
“Our scope would be in helping the Air Force to think about operations they would be conducting that would incorporate joint sensors and platforms, like destroyers, I think that has to be part of it. And that is within the charter of the study,” Chow said, adding that the study has “the highest priority level for Air Force leadership.”
The Marines are also looking at tanks that are digitally connected through their armor, according to Lt. Gen. Robert Walsh, who leads Marine Corps Combat Development Command and serves as Deputy Commandant for Combat Development and Integration. Navy leaders have also authorized research into connecting every object on the sea, land, air, space and in cyberspace.
This is no exaggeration. Adm. John Richardson, Chief of Naval Operations, said during a Navy expo earlier this year that he’d eventually like to “network everything,” explaining that creating such a system would be crucial to maintaining US military dominance.
In an amusing aside, DefenseOne notes that, despite the obvious parallels, military leaders detest comparisons between their tech pet projects and anything from the plot of the Terminator franchise.
And while enabling instantaneous communication between military units would undoubtedly improve efficiency and tactical prowess, as Musk as pointed out, these projects should be undertaken cautiously.
The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine October 4 2017 | From: JonRappoport
There are four major symbols I want to take up here.The important thing to remember is: these symbols conspire to produce a “view of self” in the patient.
The patient comes to see himself in a certain way, and this way implies a reduction of his own power. Reducing his own power, he literally sees himself as smaller.
The cascade of effects continues. Seeing himself as smaller, he comes to believe he has no significant role in his own health and well-being.
And armed with that conviction, he comes to believe he is gradually deteriorating.
This belief is a perception, a view of self. This view, like a magnet, attracts and interprets events as further evidence of weakening and deterioration…
This reality is far from the only possible one, but it is the one the patient chooses.
The first symbol is SYMPTOM. The person sees and experiences feelings and physical manifestations, and in the doctor’s office, he learns these are symptoms that collectively MEAN SOMETHING. He has symptoms. These are not random, he is told. They are not transient. They cannot be ignored. They will not go away on their own. They are serious.
The second symbol is CONDITION. The doctor’s diagnosis of the symptoms makes it clear that the patient has a disease, an illness, a disorder. A label is applied. A name. There is no doubt that the patient has this named disease. This is a THING. An entity. It is not a passing phenomenon. It is solid and stable. It is singular.
The third symbol is TREATMENT. This is what the doctor tells the patient he must do. Take a medicine. Have surgery. The treatment will get rid of the condition. The treatment is specific. It is geared to address the condition. It is the solution to the problem.
The fourth symbol is the DOCTOR. He knows. Nobody else knows. He is the authority. He is in charge of recognizing the symptoms, which lead him to make the diagnosis of the condition, which is turn leads him to prescribe the treatment. This progression is lock-step. There no other factors to consider. The doctor has effectively ruled out all other possibilities.
These four symbols lead the patient into a state of obedience. And in that state, he realizes his own power is beside the point and is irrelevant.
Of course, this is not the first time he has been to the doctor’s office. This is not the first time he has been put through this progression of the four symbols. Therefore, the effect on him, over time, is magnified.
Each successive visit to the doctor confirms he can and does develop new sets of symptoms—and each set implies a new condition. As the conditions pile up, the patient is more convinced than ever that he is composed of diseases that appear “out of nowhere.”
He views himself as a set of symptoms which indicate a condition and imply a treatment. This is, in a sense, who and what he is. Over time, his conditions tend to be more serious.
He never imagines that the toxic treatments he is taking are contributing to, or causing these more serous conditions - because each disease has a separate name, as if it exists in a vacuum. The doctor handles each diagnosis in that fashion. “Now you have this…and now you have that.”
When the patient reaches a point where he views himself as BEING these symptoms and conditions and very little else, he simply waits for the next arrival of the next set of symptoms and the next condition.
This is how powerful symbols can be. In a better world, people would be educated in the use and effects of symbols, before succumbing to them.
Some would say, “What do you mean, symbols? The doctor is real, I do have physical problems, the doctor really does make a diagnosis, and I do take real medicines. Why are you talking about symbols?”
Because what locks a person in is what happens in his mind. And what happens in his mind is this parade of symbols. That’s what forms the basis of HIS VIEW OF HIMSELF. He rolls these symbols around in his mind and accepts them and locks himself in, and he sees himself as deteriorating.
“I am a deteriorating person. That’s who I am. That’s what I am. I’m waiting for the next round of symptoms and the diagnosis and treatment from the doctor. Any other ideas about what I am and what I can do are beside the point. No reason to entertain them. I have the potential to be more than a deteriorating person? What does that even mean? It makes no sense.”
The person doesn’t understand symbols, doesn’t understand how he is dealing with them, and so he closes the book on his life and future. This process is not necessary, but he doesn’t grasp that.
Am I claiming that everything is in the mind? Nothing else possibly matters? No one ever really gets sick? No. But I am saying a shocking amount of what turns out to be a person’s future or non-future flows from how he recognizes, or doesn’t recognize, symbols and how he reads them and interprets them, how he accepts or rejects them, how he choose to surpass them or succumb to them.
Yes, there is a doctor. Yes, there is such a thing as physical illness. Yes, the doctor is delivering a diagnosis and calling it a condition. But these factors are not in the mind, unless the physical doctor can squeeze himself into the patient’s head. In the mind, there are symbols of these elements - and that is what the patient is dealing with, for better or for worse.
And over the long-term, for most patients, it’s worse.
The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults October 3 2017 | From: Omnithought / BibliotecaPleyades The content of the following article gives the impression that the Rothschild bloodline is the wealthiest and most powerful family on Earth. The wealthiest and most powerful families on Earth are the people who hide in the shadows. In this lifetime, the chance of you hearing their names is near zero percent. You have a better chance of winner a million dollar lottery jackpot than hearing or seeing their names on the news or internet. – Pao Chang
Two neighbor horse farmers came together one day to talk business. The first farmer sold his horse to the second for a quarter million dollars, and then bought it back for about $20 more. He could now advertise his horse (actually worth $20), as a horse he that he had paid over a quarter of a million dollars for.
We can laugh over such schemes. And perhaps we should laugh at ourselves for having been fooled, for if there is one area in life that exceeds the religious in deception, and touches all of us it is the financial.
What else can we do about it except laugh? The famous poet Lord Byron describes the archtype of our two farmers in 1823, Who keeps the world, both old and new, in pain Or pleasure? Who makes politics run glibber all? The shade of Bonaparte’s noble daring?
Jew Rothschild and his fellow-Christian, Baring. You’ll learn about some other ,,neighbor horse traders” in this chapter too.
Lord Rothschild in his book The Shadow of a Great Man quotes a letter sent from Davidson on June 24, 1814 to Nathan Rothschild:
“As long as a house is like yours, and as long as you work together with your brothers, not a house in the world will be able to compete with you, to cause you harm or to take advantage of you, for together you can undertake and perform more than any house in the world.”
The closeness of the Rothschild brothers is seen in a letter from Saloman (Salmon) Rothschild to his brother Nathan on Feb. 28, 1815, “We are like the mechanism of a watch: each part is essential.
This closeness is further seen in that of the 18 marriages made by Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s grandchildren 16 were contracted between first cousins.
Visiting the Nation the Rothschilds Built
In 1974, in the summer after the Yom Kippur War this Author toured Israel, and got the chance to personally visit many of the buildings like the Knesset that the Rothschild’s money has built.
The Knesset is the Israeli equivalent to the US Congress’s Capitol building. One of the Rothschilds in his will left money for ongoing building projects in Israel, and the Rothschilds are honored with a Street named after them in Jerusalem.
The people of Germany and Turkey have been very close. I can recall meeting Turkish “Gastarbeiter” (guestworkers) in Germany.
The reader will remember that Turkey fought on Germany’s side in W.W. I. A few powerful Jews, including the Rothschilds were responsible for the wording of the Treaty imposed on Germany that ended W.W. I.
The treaty gave the Rothschilds the German owned railway rights in Palestine (which had been part of the Turkish Ottoman Empire), thus paving the way for the Rothschilds to have a sure leverage to dictate policy concerning Palestine.
The Rothschilds had made loans to Turkey which amounted to almost one hundred million pounds. When the Turkish government collapsed after W.W. I because they were on the losing side, the Rothschilds had a claim on Palestine because of those unpaid Turkish loans.
The British government followed the dictates of the Rothschilds. The British were given a mandate over Palestine, and the Rothschilds were able to through their proxies in the British government, to create the steps that led to the nation of Israel.
The Rothchilds as Prophets
One item stands out as a person listens to the International Bankers and reads their books. They believe money is what makes the world go round. If you have money, you can do anything.
Money is “God”, and it is worshipped and served. Even after these families accumulate more than can be spent, these devotees continue selling their souls for this false but powerful god.
The great poet-philosopher Heinrich Heine (a Banker’s son) said, “Money is the god of our time, and Rothschild is his prophet.” Following the cue of the Rothschilds, Heinrich Heme, a Jew, signed his name by drawing a Seal of Solomon.
Amsel Rothschild is reported to have said, “Give me control of the economics of a country; and I care not who makes her laws. Today his descendents meet twice daily in London to dictate to the world what the world price of gold will be. They also dictate what the “Federal Reserve System” will do with America’s finances.
Another God Too
According to eye-witnesses, who were prominent enough to visit one of the British Rothschild homes, the Rothschilds worship yet another god too, Satan. They set a place for him at their table.(8a) The Rothschilds have been Satanists for many generations.
The Rothschilds are an important part of the history of the Seal of Solomon (also known as hexagram, Magen David, six-pointed star, Star of David.) The Seal of Solomon, the hexagram, was not considered a Jewish symbol before the Rothschilds began using it.
Throughout the Middle Ages the Seal of Solomon had been used by Arab Magicians, Cabalist Magicians, Druid witches and Satanists. One of the few ancient uses of the symbol was on the floor of a 1,200 year old Moslem Mosque found where Tel Aviv is today.
In the twelve century an Ashkenazic Jew Menahem ben Duji, who thought he was the Messiah, used the magical symbol. Because the Rothschilds were Satanists they adopted this powerful magic symbol in 1822 for their coat- of-arms.
The name they adopted for their family actually comes from the fact that in the 17th century Mayer Amschel Bauer began hanging out a red hexagram in front of their house to identify it. Mayer Amschel then decided to take the name red-schield (Rothschild in German) after the red Seal of Solomon that they used.
Alice Bailey in A Treatise On White Magic, p. 412, claims that the Hierarchy has a special group which she calls “the financial group” ,,controlling all that can be converted into energy, and constituting a dictatorship over all modes of intercourse, commerce and exchange.”
According the Luciferian Alice Bailey, the “financial group” is the latest group directed by the Hierarchy. In 1836 Zevi Hirsch Kalischer approached Rothschild and proposed Rothschild buy all of Erez Israel. It took many years for the Rothschilds to finally create Israel.
The Ultra-orthodox Jews in Israel will not serve in the Israeli army because they know that Almighty God was not behind the creation of modern Israel, but rather the rich ungodly apostate Jews.
They refuse to serve the ungodly. They are more wiser than men like Jerry Falwell who run around proclaiming Israel is God’s nation. Men like Falwell are the type that this Author finds reference to repeatedly in Jewish documents that speak of their power within the Fundamentalists.
God is ultimately in charge, he has allowed Hitler to come to power, Stalin to come to power, and the Rothschilds to come to power. In the same sense that God rules over and blessed Stalin’s Russia, he rules over America and Israel.
To twist scriptures about God seating the rulers and then to apply them to bless one Satanic secular communist nation and not another is inconsistent and not correctly using the Word of Truth. Some people object that the conspiracy of Power is labelled Jewish rather than Satanic by certain concerned citizens.
This objection is valid - however, will these objectors then take the obvious next step and admit the nation of Israel which the Rothschild’s created is Satanic and not Jewish? But then who knows precisely why people do what they do?
If you ask someone why he does something, he will give you one answer today, another tomorrow, and another the next day. Does he do what he does for a real reason, or a single motive? Perhaps to label the Power as only Satanic or only Jewish or only Masonic is to neglect the personal human dimension.
This personal human dimension is godless. Being godless it fills that void, by pretending its men are gods. This brings us right back to the Gnostic religions and Satan. Most Jewish people do not concern themselves with learning the occultic significance to their treasured Magen David (Star of David).
King David did not have anything to do with the hexagram, although his son Solomon did when he began worshipping Ashtoreth (star, also known as Astarte, Chiun, Kaiwan, Remphan, and Saturn). Solomon built altars to Star (Astarte, aka Ashtoreth).
The god Saturn is associated with the Star but both Saturn and Astarte also been identified with a number of other names. Saturn is an important key to understanding the long heritage this conspiracy has back to antiquity.
The city of Rome was originally known as Saturnia or City of Saturn. The Roman Catholic church retains much of the Saturn worship in its ritual.
Saturn also relates to Lucifer. In various occult dictionaries Saturn is associated with evil. Saturn was important to the religion of Mithra, and also the Druids.
Charles T. Russell, in a 1891 letter to Baron (Lord) Rothschild, mailed from Palestine, outlined possible courses of action that could be taken to establish the Jews in Palestine.
Russell’s letters praised the Rothschild’s money which established Jewish colonies in Palestine. Russell writes Rothschild,
“What is needed here, therefore, next to water and cleanliness, is a good government which will protect the poor from the ravenous and the wealthy. Banking institutions on sound bases, and doing business honorably, are also greatly needed", Russell continues:
“May the God of Jacob direct you, my dear Sir, and all interested with you in the deliverance and prosperity of Israel, and blessed will they be who, to any extent, yield themselves as his servants in fulfilling his will as predicted.”
When the Mormon Church needed financing in the late 19th century, they went to Kuhn, Loeb Co. To explain the Rothschild’s control of Kuhn, Loeb Co. here is some background information. The method that the House of Rothschild used to gain influence, was the same that Royalty had used for centuries, marriage.
The Rothschild children, girls and boys, have had their spouses chosen on the basis of alliances that would benefit the House of Rothschild, but since consolidating world power they generally have married cousins these last two centuries.’
Jacob Schiff grew up in the house that the Rothschild’s had at 148 Judengasse, Frankfurt. Jacob Schiff came to the United States with Rothschild capital and took over control of a small jewish banking concern founded by two Cincinnati dry goods merchants Abraham Kuhn and Solomon Loeb. He even married Soloman’s daughter.
In 1885, Loeb retired, and Schiff ran the Kuhn, Loeb Co. for the Rothschilds until 1920 when he died. During Russell’s and Brigham Young’s day, Lord Rothschild was considered the “lay leader of world Jewry.”
Edmund Rothschild was President of the Jewish Colonization Assoc, which was a major Zionist group. Amselm Rothschild indicated that his grandfather Amschel Mayer Rothschild had insisted in Clause 15 of his will to his children, “may they and their descendants remain constantly true to their ancestral Jewish faith.”
However, the will has been secret and there is no way of knowing what it says.
The Rothschilds have not remained true to the Orthodox faith. If this was actually what Clause 15 said then something is amiss.
The Jewish world has showered the Rothschilds with praises:
“The Rothschilds govern a Christian world. Not a cabinet moves without their advice. They stretch their hand, with equal ease, from Petersburg to Vienna, from Vienna to Paris, from Paris to London, from London to Washington.
Baron Rothschild, the head of the house, is the true king of Judah, the prince of the captivity, the Messiah so long looked for by this extraordinary people… .The lion of the tribe of Judah, Baron Rothschild, possesses more real force than David–more wisdom than Solomon.”
The Prieure de Sion-the Elders of Sion also relates to the Rothschilds who are reported to serve on a jewish council of Elders of Sion. The Rothschilds have “helped” the Jewish people the Rothschild’s own way.
For those who admire stingyness, the Rothschilds will be greatly looked up to. For instance, the extent of James Rothschild’s charity in France to poor Jews was 5 francs (the equivalent of $1). Their dynasty has destroyed honest Jews along with Christians. Today, few dare criticize the Rothschilds.
Co-Masters of the World: Connections to Secret Societies
The Rothschilds had played a major role in the Bavarian Illuminati, and it is known that a least one of the sons of Amsel was a member.
As the reader remembers, Amsel placed his sons in the major European capitals, where they each set up the principal banking houses.
By their own secret intelligence service and their own news network they could outmanouver any European government. The large amounts of voluminous correspondence by Rothschild couriers attracted attention, but no one ever stopped their personal intelligence and mail services.
After the Bavarian illuminati were exposed, the central occult power over the European secret societies shifted to Carbonarism a.k.a. the Alta Vendita, led by another powerful Rothschild, Karl Rothschild, son of Amschel.
In 1818, Karl participated in a secret document that was sent out to the head-quarters of Masonry from the Alta Vendita.
The Masons were quite distressed when a copy of this was lost, and offered rewards to anyone who could return the lost copy. It was originally written in Italian. Its title translates “Permanent Instructions, or Practical Code of Rules; Guide for the Heads of the Highest Grades of Masonry.”
The Masonic reference book 10,000 Famous Freemasons, Vol. 4, p.74, indicates two other sons of Amschel were Masons, James Meyer Rothschild, and his brother Nathan Meyer Rothschild. James Rothschild in Paris was a 33 degree Scottish Rite Mason, and his brother Nathan in London was a member of the Lodge of Emulation.
And Jewish Freemason Katz indicates Solomon Meir Rothschild, a third member of the five brothers, was initiated into Freemasonry on June 14, 1809. The Rothschilds became powerful within Freemasonry.
We find the Saint-Simonians, the occult religious millenialist forerunners of communism, praising Baron de Rothschild in their magazine Le Globe:
“There is no one today who better represents the triumph of equality and work in the nineteenth century than M. le Baron de Rothschild…
Was this Jew born a millionaire? No, he was born poor, and if only you knew what genius, patience, and hard work were required to construct that European edifice called the House of Rothschild, you would admire rather than insult it.”
Lionel de Rothschild (the de was added by the French Rothschilds) was involved with the first communist Internationale. The Mason Mazzini who helped start communism praised Rothschild, “Rothschild could be King of France if he so desired.”
Adoiphe Cremieux, was a french Jewish Mason (see chap. 1.4 for his credentials). The Rothschilds gave at least £ i ,000 to Cremieux to go to Damascus with Salomon Munk, and Sir Moses Montefiore to win the release of Jews imprisoned there, and to convince the Turkish Sultan to declare the charges of ritual murder false.
According to the three Jewish authors of Dope, Inc. the B’nai B’rith was a spin-off of the Order of Zion and was organized as a “covert intelligence front” for the House of Rothschild.
It is highly probable that the B’nai B’rith was used as a Rothschild intelligence cover. The Rothschilds are prominent in the Bilderbergers too. The Rothschilds were closely related to the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR).
Although many people today would not view the CFR as a secret society it was originally set up as part of a secret society and it was kept secret for many years, in spite of its awesome power.
Carroll Quigley, professor of International Relations at the Jesuit Georgetown University, exposed the Round Table Group with his book Tragedy and Hope. The Rothschilds supported Rhodes to form De Beers.
Later, Rhodes made seven wills which established a secret society modelled after the Jesuits and Masons to help bring in a One-World- Government centered upon Britain, and the Rhodes Scholarships. The inner group was established in Mar.
1891 and consisted of Rhodes, Stead, Lord Esher (Brett), and 33* Mason Alfred Milner.(33bb) A secondary circle of “potential members of the Circle of Initiates” consisted of the Jew Lord Balfour, Sir Harry Johnson, Lord Rothschild, Lord Grey and others.
Initially, Lord Rothschild was part of the inner group of Rhode’s secret society, but was replaced by his son-in-law Lord Rosebury who wasn’t as conspicuous. The Fabian Socialists dominated the staff at Oxford when the Rhodes Scholars began arriving.
These scholars then received indoctrination and preparation to become part of an international socialist New World Order. The Round Table Group developed from the inner executive circle of Rhode’s secret society.
The outer circle was established after the start of the 20th century. The Round Table Group was extended after W.W. I by organizing a front organization the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The Council of Foreign Relations was the American part of this front. The inner circle continues to direct the outer circle and its two front organizations RIIA and CFR. The CER in turn set up a number of fronts including the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR).
Co-Masters of the World: Management of the Catholic and Czars’ Wealth and the Capture of the Orthodox Church’s Wealth.
Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschilds to borrow money. The Rothschilds were very friendly with the Pope, causing one journalist to sarcasticly say “Rothschild has kissed the hand of the Pope… Order has at last been re-established.”
The Rothschilds in fact over time were entrusted with the bulk of the Vatican’s wealth. The Jewish Ency., Vol. 2, p.497 states,
“It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at the present time (1905) the latter are the guardians of the papal treasure.”
Researcher Eustice Mullins writes that the Rothschilds took over all the financial operations of the worldwide Catholic Church in 1823.
Today the large banking and financial business of the Catholic Church is an extensive system interlocked with the Rothschilds and the rest of the International Banking system.
The great wealth of the Russian Czars was entrusted to the Rothschilds, $35 million with the Rothschild’s Bank of England, and $80 million in the Rothschild’s Paris bank.
The Rothschilds financed the Russian Revolution which confiscated vast portions of the Orthodox Church’s wealth. They have been able to prevent (due to their power) the legitimate heirs of the Czars fortune to withdraw a penny of the millions deposited in a variety of their banks.
The Mountbattans, who are related to the Rothschilds, led the court battles to prevent the claimants from withdrawing any of the fortune.
In other words, the money they invested in the Russian Revolution, was not only paid back directly by the Bolshevists in millions of dollar of gold, but by grabbing the hugh deposits of the Czars’ wealth, the Rothschilds gained what is now worth over $50 Billion.
Co-Masters of the World: Control Over Satanism and Witchcraft
Chapter 2.11 gives the names of a Witchcraft Council of 13 which is under Rothschild control and in turn issue orders to various groups. One of the purest form of Satanism can be traced to the Jewish Sabbatain sect and its Frankist spinoff.
The leaders of this up to the Rothschilds were:
Sabbatai Zevi (1626-1676)
Nathan of Gaza (16??-?)
Jacob Frank (1726-1791)
Rothschilds - Three Connections Between Satanism, Evil, and Money
Money naturally attracts itself to evil. For instance, if a woman prostitutes herself she may receive a great sum of money, but who will pay her for keeping her virginity or her dignity?
If you are a hit man a large amount of money is yours if you kill your target, who will pay you if you would miss your target?
Second, evil men believe in where there is a will there is a way, and they are willing to sell their souls for their God money. They will employ evil to gain money.
While most people are quite aware of these last two connections, a third may likely have escaped their attention.
Thirdly, the principle group of men who cranked up International Banking were Satanists from the beginning.
Just having total control over the supply of U.S. paper money almost gives them leverage over the world’s finances, without mentioning they control the world bank.
It is no accident then, that once they established world financial control, they would do all in their power to divide and conquer and destroy both the Christian and the Moslem faith in God.
These powerful Bankers relate to faith in God as Cain related to his brother Abel. That they may be related to the Jewish people, does not mean they have the Jewish people’s best interest at heart. Initially Sabbetai Zevi was rejected by many Jews.
His sect gained momentum in second half of the seventeenth century in southeastern Poland.
In 1759-60, 500 Jewish Sabbateans “converted” to Christianity. In 1715, 109 of the 415 Jewish families in Frankfurt were engaged in moneylending. The rest were merchants of various kinds. The concepts that Satanism holds to were a natural shoe in to justify for many of these Jewish bankers the type of behavior they were engaged in.”
Long Story Short
Many divisions and battles between religious elements in the world have been encouraged and supported by the Power’s wealth. Unfortunately, many have been fooled into thinking that being devout and faithful to God is the source of religious fighting.
In some areas of the world, Moslems, Christians, and others have gotten along fine for centuries.
Religious tensions do spring to some degree from within the religions themselves, but the fuel to keep those fires burning and to light up conflicts often come from the Power’s wealth. An obvious example is the Iran-Iraq war.
Co-Masters of the World: Control Over WWI Treaty
When Germany fell, not only did Rothschild agents draft the treaty, prepare the idea of the League of Nations, but Max Rothschild was one of 11 men who took control over Bavaria. Max Rothschild was a Freemason in Lodge No. 11, Munich, Germany.
Co-Masters of the World: Connections to MI5, Rockefellers, J.P. Morgan, CFR et.al.
Victor Rothschild, who worked for J.P. Morgan & Co., and was an important part of MI5 (British Intelligence). Victor Rothschild was also a communist and member of the Apostles Club at Cambridge.
Lord Rothschild was one of the original members of Rhode’s Round Table group which developed into the CFR. It was the Rothschilds who had financed Cecil Rhodes, beginning in Africa.
The Rothschilds’ have several agents which their money got started and who still serve them well, the Morgans and the Rockefellers. The Rockefellers were Marrano Jews. The original Rockefeller made his money selling narcotics, (they weren’t illegal then).
After acquiring a little capital he branched out in oil. But it was the Rothschild capital that made the Rockefeller’s so powerful. “They also financed the activities of Edward Harriman (railroads) and Andrew Carnegie Steel.”
Co-Masters of the World: Power Within Christendom
The Rothschilds also wielded much influence and power not only in Secret Societies, but also in Christendom’s churches. The Salvation Army under the suggestion of the Rothschilds adopted the Red Shield (Roth-red Schild-shield) for their logo.
“The Rothschilds had rapidly propelled themselves into a position of immense financial power and political influence. They were an independent force in the life of Europe, accountable to no one and, to a large extent, reliant on no one. Popular lampoons depicted them as the real rulers of Christendom…”
Some of the Rothschilds have been involved in the campaign to loosen public morals. The first executive Secretary of the National Student Forum was John Rothschild. This National Student Forum changed its name like articles of clothing.
Speaking about clothing, one of the aims of this Socialist group was to promote public nudity, and free love. This organization had the following constituent groups Radcliffe Liberal Club, Union Theological Seminary Contemporary Club, Yale Liberal Club” to name just a few.
A further development of this was the Youth Peace Federation which consisted of the League of Youth of Community Church, Methodist Epworth League, NY District, Young Judea, and Young People’s Fellowship of St. Phillip’s Parish to name a few.
American religious men have ties to the Rothschilds especially through their various agents.
Harry Emerson Fosdick, who was Pastor of Rockefeller’s church was also among the Presidents of the Rockefeller Foundation. John Foster Dulles, CFR, was chairman of the board of the Rockefeller Foundation, and married a Rockefeller, Janet Pomeroy Avery.
Remember John Foster Dulles was an important Federal Council of Churches of Christ official
Every road leads back to the Rothschilds. There are more items than what have been mentioned above linking the Rothschilds to the various tenticles.
Each of the various tenticles that conspiracy theorists have put forth, - the Jews, the Masons, the Intelligence Communities, the International Bankers, the Prieure de Sion, the Catholics, the Trilateral commission, the CFR, the New Age, the Cults - each ties back to the Rothschild’s power.
Extent of Rothschild Power
According to one source “it was estimated that they controlled half the wealth of the world.” The Federal Reserve Bank of New York was controlled by five banks which owned 53% of its stock.
These five banks were controlled by Nathan M. Rothschild & Sons of London. Control over the U.S. Fed is basically control over the world’s money. That fact alone shows how immense the Rothschild Power is.
If one examines who has been appointed to head the Fed, and to run it, the connections of the “Federal” Reserve System to the Rothschilds can further be seen. Another private enterprise using the name Federal that the Rothschilds also direct is Federal Express.
Any one else might be taken to court for making their businesses sound like their are government, not the Rothschilds. It is appropriate for them to appropriate the name of Federal, because by way of MI6 via the CIA they instruct the U.S. government.
Senators are bought and paid off by their system, as investigators of the BCCI discovered. The Rothschilds have been intimately involved in witchcraft and the Illuminati since its early known history.
The Kaiser of Germany seems to refer to them when he said, “the magic powers of money as wielded by the Lord of Lucre are powers of Black Magic at its blackest."
If only half of the wealth is controlled by the Rothschilds, it indicates that if they are to be part of the world’s rulership, they must have allies.
The Rothschilds and Rockefellers are only two of thirteen controlling families of the Illuminati. Two Jewish families that appear to be prominent are the Oppenheims and the Oppenheimers.
A. Oppenheim was situated in Cologne. The Oppenheimers were early members of the Bavarian Illuminati. The Bund der Gerechten (League of the Just) was an illuminati front run mainly by Jews who were Satanists.
This Bund financed in part by the Rothschilds paid the Satanist and Mason Karl Marx to write the Communist Manefesto. The Jew Gumpel Oppenheim was in the inner circle of the Bund.
His relative Heinrich Oppenheim masterminded the communist revolution of 1848 in Germany. The Communist Party’s official histories even accept the Bund as the predecessor of Communism.
The Oppenheimers apparently are close to the Rothschilds. J. Robert Oppenheimer of the CFR was exposed as a communist.
Harry Oppenheimer, an international banker, is chairman of the Jewish De Beers world-wide diamond monopoly, and chairman of the Anglo-American Corp. Oppenheimers can be found in important financial positions in the U.S. They help run around 10 large foundations, including the Oppenheimer Haas Trust of NY for the care of needy Jewish children.
The Jewish Ency. Vol. 2, p. 496 indicates other Jewish families “adopted the Rothschild plan.” These were the Lazards, Sterns, Speyers, and Seligmans. The Rothschild plan was to place family members in the 5 largest European capitals to coordinate their activities.
One of Germany’s largest magazines is the Stern, and Ernst Stern is second-in-command of the World Bank.”
The Jewish families that established the Frankfurt Judenloge (this was the Masonic lodge the Rothschilds belonged to in Frankfurt) included the Adlers, Speyers, Reisses, Sichels, Ellisons, Hanaus, Geisenheimers, and Goldschmidts.
Isaac Hildesheim, a Jew who changed his name to Justus Hiller is credited as being the founder of this Frankfurt lodge. Michael Hess, principal of the Reformed Jewish school Philanthropin was an important figure in the lodge too, as was Dr. Ludwig Baruch (later Borne) who joined in 1808.
Most of these Frankfurt Jewish Freemasons engaged in commerce. Those Freemasons from 1817-1842 were the leaders of the Frankfurt Jewish community.
A gentile Mason in Frankfurt Johann Christian Ehrmann began warning the German people that the Frankfurt Jewish Masons wanted a world republic based on humanism.
In 1816 he came out with a warning pamphlet Das Judenthum in der M[aurere]y (The Jews in Masonry). A powerful ally of the world’s jewry can be seen beginning with men like Oliver Cromwell, who was considered a Mason.
Cromwell was financed by Jews, and helped the Jews gain power in England. Cromwell was willing to go along with the Jews, because he became convinced of British Israelism. Since the core of the conspiracy of power is Jewish, the attitude of those allied with it hinges on their attitude toward the Jewish people.
The religious idea that the British people are descended from the tribes of Israel doesn’t automatically place people into the camp of the conspiracy. Some of the British-Israelites realize that the so called Jewish people in general have no claim over the promises of God.
For that reason, they realize that it is not the Christian duty to bow and scrape at their every move. When Christians can be arrested in Israel and abused, and Christians will not even stand up for their own kind, we can see how much hold the idea of the “Chosen Race” theory has over Christendom.
Some of the British Israelites such as the Mormons, the old New England wealthy families such as make up the Order, some Masons and New Agers, and the non-Jewish members of the Priuere de Sion are collaborating with the One-World-Power. The anglican church which is run by the Freemasons is strongly British Israelistic.
Sorting Out the Various Identity Groups
In contrast, a hodge-podge of groups which are opposed to the conspiracy like some Neo-Nazi groups, and various Churches unrelated with them are also believers in British Israelism.
These various groups are sometimes all lumped together as the “Identity” movement, which is misleading because of their vast differences.
It is important to diferentiate between those groups that are trying to approach things from a Christian perspective and place themselves under the authority of God, and those who are setting themselves up under the New Order’s authority, or under their own authority.
Co-Masters of the World: The Media
Eustice Mullins has published his research in his book Who Owns the TV Networks showing that the Rothschilds have control of all three U.S. Networks, plus other aspects of the recording and mass media industry.
It can be added that they control Reuters too. From other sources it appears CNN, which began as an independent challenge to the Jewish Network monopoly, ran into repeated trickery, and ended up part of the system.
Money from B.C.C.I., (B.C.C.I. has been one of the New World Orders financial systems for doing its dirty business such as controlling Congressmen, and is involved with INSLA, the Iran-Contra Scandal, Centrust, and other recent scandals) which has tainted so many aspects of public power in the U.S. has also been behind CNN.
Perhaps nothing dominates the life of some Americans as does the television. Americans sit themselves before the television set and simply absorb what it projects to them.
On a day to day basis the biggest way the Rothschilds touch the lives of Americans are the three major networks which are under Rothschild direction.
Honouring The Trailblazers October 3 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld
We are in the midst of a massive shift in consciousness that is sweeping our sweet little planet. So why not take a moment and honour all of the brave souls, the “unsung heroes” who came here before us to assist with this shift and make it happen?
The empaths, the sensitives, lightworkers, wayshowers, and all those who were holding light and transmuting the dense energies long before the rest of us, so that others may awaken as well. They were the ones who were “awake” before the word “awake” ever had a deeper, more profound meaning. For many years, they have been the souls on the “front lines” of this awakening.
Some trailblazers were very aware of their role and courageously used their voice and called “bullshit” on the injustices and dishonesty of others, as they were able to see through it all with crystal clear vision.
They were often the activists and the leaders of social movements. They were those ahead of their time, who established newsletters and platforms such as this one, intended to help awaken the masses.
For many, they remained out of the spotlight and the world stage, choosing to personally guide those closest to them. And others, either aware of it or not, they went about their trailblazing in a more subtle fashion, choosing to show the way for others by simply living their lives as the example.
You know, the ones who were eating organic before eating organic became a trend, before it was even called “organic”, and before there were countless studies to prove that organic eating is indeed healthier for us.
They were the ones who took risks and followed their intuition. They were the ones who, in spite of all logical reasoning, sold everything they had and moved across the globe simply because their soul was calling them there, only to discover the many synchronicities, growth opportunities and reasons for this choice.
They were the people who were not satisfied with conformity and the status quo of getting a job that didn’t fulfill them just to pay the bills and buy things they don’t need, and then hope to one day retire and enjoy life, if there’s anything left of it.
They snuck puppies into care homes just to see the faces of the residents light up with joy.
They usually avoided or were very uncomfortable with organized religion.
Were often deemed as “lazy” or weirdos because of their lack of ambition or drive for monetary goals.
Their bodies were some of the first to reveal the damaging effects of our toxic food chain and vaccines, such as leaky gut and gluten intolerance, diabetes, thyroid problems, cancer and alzheimer’s disease.
They were the ones who refused to accept ill health as their destiny, and just a side effect of “growing old.”
They were the dreamers who knew that their dreams were important. They understood that peace and freedom are a right, not a privilege.
They were often exposed to trauma, abuse, and other challenging life situations.
They were the ones who refused to be a victim and instead chose to accept responsibility for their life and learn the lessons that were intended for them to learn.
They are the ones for whom experience did not harden their hearts, but instead, they chose to transcend and help others with their lessons.
They have a genuine love and affection for all of humanity, regardless of culture or skin colour.
Chances are, you likely recognize many of these examples either in yourself, or in others that you know. I have been blessed to have trailblazers in my life and to call them my friends. I honestly don’t know what I would do without their wisdom and support.
They have a strength and an unwavering nerve that comes with experience. They know exactly what they are capable of and there isn’t a whole lot that can surprise them.
One really has to appreciate those who were doing this great work at a time when the energies were so very dense. They were working with the limited tools, opportunities, support and knowledge that they had at the time, before the internet allowed information to flow freely, and before the term “the Shift” was even coined.
It could be said that they had to learn “the hard way”. (My own mother endured health issues for many years until, thanks to the vast amount of information on the internet, she finally discovered her health problems were all symptoms triggered by the mercury fillings in her mouth.)
At 32 years old myself, I realize that I am not speaking with decades upon decades of experience, but I can feel and see the effects of this Shift. There is such a greater acceptance of other ideas and concepts that were quite taboo only a short time ago, even from when I took my first level of Reiki training in 2010.
It is nothing now to hear people speaking of energy work and mindfulness as though they are everyday topics. But it wasn’t always this way…
I am in deep gratitude for all of those who came before me, and bravely lit the way so that I could step into who I really am.
Beyond Your Comfort Zone
While the trailblazers certainly had their hefty share of challenges, my generation is, of course, facing challenges as well. We are learning to play in a new arena. The energies are changing quickly and our sensibilities and our bodies are trying to keep up. We are living within a higher dimension but still dealing with people and the limited concepts of the third dimension.
These are the days when we can become tired, or fed up with the world. When our expanded awareness threatens to become too much for our sensibilities to handle. We understand how it might be nice to live in ignorance, to not be so aware and feel so responsible.
And these are the days when a trailblazer will swoop into our life, our unassuming angels, to comfort and remind us of how amazing we are and of the great work we are doing. They restore our energy and tell us, “don’t give up, you’ve come so far. There are greater things ahead of you if you push beyond your comfort zone.”
The trailblazers have taught me compassion, patience, humility, and when I needed it, tough love. They have been there to assure me, “no, you’re not crazy”, or else, “this isn’t easy, but it is worth it.” They have reminded me that change is necessary and that there is vast potential that awaits within uncertainty.
Sometimes they have come into my life to stay, others have passed through, or were there only for a short time when I really needed them. On occasion, it was just a chance encounter or conversation in the line up of a grocery store.
And as you read this, no matter your age or where you feel you are at on this path, take a moment to honour yourself. Because the truth is, we are all trailblazers in our own, unique way.
We all have gifts to share with the rest of the world. And for every moment that we are living in our truth, or expressing our authentic selves, we are lighting the way and lending a hand for the next person to do the same.
No matter what “hat” we are wearing in this lifetime, absolutely everything that we do makes a difference. And every time that we are true to who we are and express our authentic selves, we light the way for another soul to do the same. It is absolutely no accident that you are here at this time.
And that is something that every trailblazer will tell you; you are doing more than you can possibly know right now, but one day, it will be easy for you to see.
Nuggets of Wisdom from the Trailblazers
I would like to leave you with a few nuggets of wisdom and advice for this particular time that we are in that have recently been shared with me from my friends, “the trailblazers”;
Right now, it is of utmost importance to listen to your body. These energies are intense. In fact, the most intense that they have ever felt. This is huge work we are doing, and if you don’t get the much needed rest that your body is requiring, you will get burn out and end up needing to take a lot of time to recover.
So if you are feeling like you need more sleep even though your mind is telling you that you shouldn’t, tell your mind very gently to f*#k off!
Not everything that you feel is actually yours. You are transmuting dense energies for so many souls other than yourself, so honour the importance of that by listening to your body.
Do what ever it takes to stay grounded and balanced, be it taking regular nature walks, spending time with loved ones, meditating, simply sharing healing time with a pet by stroking their fur, going for a swim, or watching a sunset. Listen to your soul and pay attention to what fills you with a sense of peace and contentment.
The other evening I sat on my deck and gazed into the setting sun. There was a magical glow cast upon my yard, and as I sat there, I allowed my eyes to lose focus and simply see the “light” that seemed to be glowing from within everything around me. It was then that I heard a gentle voice say, “now you are seeing the love that is in all things.”
Needless to say, I was filled with a calm that I wouldn’t have had if I hadn’t sat down and taken a few moments to enjoy the sunset. Nature is here for us, always. Spending time with the trees is also very effective.
They understand what we are going through right now, and you will feel your energy lighten considerably in their presence. I prefer to hug them or climb up into their limbs and wrap my arms around them for full effect.
Eat healthy and drink lots of water. Again, this is about honouring our bodies with proper fuel.
If you have fear, learn from it, integrate it. But do not let it stop you. We are here for self-actualization. It is wise to be wary, and to practice discernment, but try not to live in fear. This is when our vibration drops and we are left feeling powerless. Fear is there to teach us something, so focus on what that lesson may be, not the fear itself.
Check in with yourself often. Just a simple question such as “Am I on the right track?” It is simply to confirm that you are aware of why you do what you are doing and for what reasons.
Follow the guidance of your heart as our brains can’t keep up to this shift. They always need to “know” what is going to happen and what the outcome will be. This is not how we operate on this level.
As I’ve been told, “we are in a new arena. The rules are changing.” I had a message similiar to this pop into my awareness as I was enjoying an evening bike ride, “I am not of this world, I don’t play by these rules.”
I felt as though it was a reminder from my higher self to not get caught up in the drama and anxiety of the third dimension and all of the “shoulds” that we feel we have to surrender to to feel happy and successful.
Stay humble. Just when you think you have it all figured out, your awareness will expand and you will realize just how much you didn’t know. We can only grow so much at one time, because if we tried to keep going and going, our bodies could never handle it. This is where the burn out comes in.
So remember that if you feel as though you have plateaud, this is simply a lookout point to your next stage of awareness. As long as you are willing, you will continue to grow, but trust that it cannot happen too quickly.
And above all, you can do this. Trust yourself. There is always help available, and you have many guides that are working with you. Not to mention, the Universe is on your side. Just think about the grand scope of that for a moment. The entire Universe which is capable of all things is on our side.
Meet the Universe halfway, and expect to be helped in magical ways that you would never expect.
Lastly, I would like to extend my deep appreciation to all of the trailblazers of the world, those who I have had the pleasure to meet and to talk to across the miles, and for the countless souls that I haven’t. Thank you. This world is a better place because of you.
I hope that you have found this article helpful. I would love to hear from you! I can be reached via my website jessieklassen.com. While there, feel free to sign up for my free weekly newsletter where I share my experiences, advice, learnings and lessons on how to connect with Nature and improve your life.
John McAfee Explains Why Bitcoin Is More Legit Than The Dollar In One Minute + Blockchain In The USA: Trump Admin Declares Commitment To Blockchain, Government Uses October 2 2017 | From: TheAntiMedia / CryptoAnalyist
Business mogul and Bitcoin enthusiast John McAfee appeared on CNBC Fast Money this week to respond to J.P. Morgan CEO Jamie Dimon’s claims that Bitcoin is “a fraud,” and he managed to shut down Dimon’s allegations in just over one minute.
“I would like to say this, Mr. Dimon: I respect you, sir, for your position. People who rise to your position are not idiots,” McAfee began.
“However, sir…you called Bitcoin ‘a fraud.’ I’m a Bitcoin miner. We create Bitcoins. It costs over one thousand dollars per coin to create a Bitcoin.
What does it cost to create a U.S. dollar? Which one is the fraud? Because [the dollar] costs whatever the paper costs, but it costs me and other miners over a thousand dollars per coin – it’s called ‘proof of work.’”
McAfee then went on to explain the amount of computing power and electricity that goes into creating the digital currency.
“Surely there’s some value in the work that we did to create the coin,” he said, also pointing out that Bitcoin’s fluctuating value is nothing to sound the alarm over.
“The fact that Bitcoin is consistently growing in its use and its value has to say something. You know, sure it will rise and fall and it is highly volatile, as all new technologies are. At the same time, it is certainly not a fraud,” he said.
When Fast Money’s host asked him about his infamous Twitter bet that Bitcoin will surpass $500,000 in three years, McAfee simply replied, “Oh, I don’t lose bets.”
We hope not, Mr. McAfee.
Blockchain In The USA: Trump Admin Declares Commitment To Blockchain, Government Uses
This is bullish news not just for U.S. crypto customers, but for crypto-enthusiasts all across the world.
Participating in the Data Transparency 2017 conference, two top Trump White House officials announced for the first time that U.S. policymakers are increasingly looking at crypto as a cornerstone of American tech strategies going forward.
"With artificial intelligence and blockchain, the [White House] is exploring a whole range of forward-leaning capabilities that might be helpful to government,” said Margie Graves, an acting information chief at the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
This kind of rhetoric coming out of the OMB is huge for crypto, but it’s no surprise: OMB director Mick Mulvaney founded the Congressional Blockchain Caucus, so he’s been - and continues to be - on the frontlines of making crypto mainstream in the U.S.
In her comments, Graves said that she and Mulvaney were working with the White House to strive toward the U.S. implementing blockchain technologies for cutting down on abuse, waste, and fraud in the federal government.
Chris Liddell, a strategic adviser in Trump’s White House, echoed Graves’ remarks during his own speech at the Data Transparency 2017 conference.
“As we look to the future, we want to ensure that today’s reforms do not hinder tomorrow’s adoption of emerging technologies,” Liddell said. “Whether it is blockchain, artificial intelligence or perhaps a new technology, standardized data will help ensure the government stays current of technology’s latest trends.”
This is great news for crypto users who have been fearful the U.S. government will crackdown on the blockchain.
Now we know the Trump administration will only be embracing crypto, not cracking down on it.
And we also know this news will surely help skyrocket the price of Bitcoin, Ether, and other altcoins in the coming months. News like this could power Bitcoin past $5,000 and beyond in the mid-term.
TLDR: Trump’s White House has formally signaled its intentions to implement blockchain technologies to streamline the U.S. government.
Comment: It should be noted that the Alliance that is working to take down the Cabal has referenced the point that the concept of Cryptocurrency
was developed by white hats within the system, in order to be able to provide a workable backup system for transactions, should the Cabal have been able to pull off a cataclysmic financial meltdown.
The West’s NGO ‘Human Rights’ Scam October 2 2017 | From:Geopolitics
Just look around the world and throughout recent history, and you will find a number of compelling cases where western-backed NGOs have frequently acted as enablers for the military interventions, sanctions and economic blockades that followed.
Look at Iraq, Libya, Syria, Afghanistan, Yugoslavia, Iran and Sudan – all were given the ‘human rights’ treatment prior to aggressive western actions. In most cases, claims of human rights violations and exaggerated atrocity reports preceded western action.
In his 2016 position paper entitled, An Intorduction: Smart Power & The Human Rights Industrial Complex, 21WIRE’s Patrick Henningsen raised the alarm about the use of high-profile ‘human rights’ charities NGO’s like Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International who have allowed their organisations to used as pro-interventionist propaganda outlets:
“Though many human rights charities still market themselves as ‘neutral’ and ‘nonpartisan’, but reality is something very different.”
“With public skepticism of the charity sector already at an all-time high, the danger is clear: if conflicts of interest are not addressed in a serious way, they threaten to undermine the credibility of the entire non-governmental organization (NGO) sector internationally.”
Below is a video presentation from leading independent military affairs website Southfront which skillfully unravels the West’s sophisticated international ‘third sector’ web of NGO’s and charities, and how they are used to promote the foreign policy and military objectives of the US and its NATO allies worldwide.
Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System October 1 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various
Virtual Money: “Money” is virtual, a mental concept, an accounting system. Our currency is like a coupon, in other words, money is a medium of exchange. The Central Banking Cartel creates it out of thin air, as a debt to itself, something our government could do interest and debt-free.
But our governments belongs to a small group of elites, not to us. The aim of the New World Order is to expand this racket into a global political, cultural and economic monopoly.
This is the real meaning of Communism. This is why our national, racial, religious and gender identities will always be under occult assault.
The government borrows money that in fact does not exist, lends it to an even greater evil, the treasury, sells the debt to the banks, which in turn lend out said imaginary money to the people, all the while creating an ever-increasing amount of debt for a currency that never existed in the first place. More and more promissory notes are created to make the richest richer and the poor poorer.
The freezing of the accounts in Greece is only a taste of what’s to come. Right now the highest levels of government and the banking system are locked in a desperate last stand against a disturbing monetary shock, one that will make what’s happening in Greece seem mild by comparison.
And it could disrupt people’s lives in ways you never thought possible. You will suddenly be locked out of your bank account, unable to withdraw cash or deposit a check. Your stocks will swing wildly out of control. Your government-controlled payments will stop.
Remember: media disinformation serves the interests of global banks and institutional speculators, which use their command over the financial and commodity markets to amass vast amounts of monetary wealth. The corporate establishment, including the speculators, controls the corridors of governments.
Meanwhile, the “bank bailouts”, presented to the public as a requisite for economic recovery, have facilitated and legitimised a further process of appropriation of people’s wealth.
Vast amounts of monetary wealth are acquired through market manipulation and deceit.
With inside-information and foreknowledge, major financial actors, using the instruments of speculative trade, have the ability to fiddle and rig market movements to their advantage, precipitate the collapse of a competitor, or even the system itself, and wreak havoc in the economies and societies of developing countries.
Take the Greek’s valuable lessons to heart, and let other people know that the upcoming crash will cause the world to descend into chaos, as planned by the RK Mafia, to rob people blind and bring them to their knees so that they will accept the New World Order without any revolt.
It is the long time phenomenon, their well-orchestrated Problem – Reaction – Solution.
Since it is very likely that things may get out of control even for the RK Mafia, you had better use the coming few months for the preparation of your survival.
Governments Can Seize Your Property Without Having to Convict You of a Crime:
Governments are trying to abolish cash. Leading economists are pushing for it to be banned, too. Limits on cash use are already in place in many countries.
Having a large amount of cash is already considered “suspicious,” subject to forfeiture without due process – thanks to civil forfeiture laws, governments can seize your property without having to convict you of a crime.
"Mandrel Stuart, a 35-year-old African American owner of a small barbecue restaurant in Staunton, Va., was stunned when police took $17,550 from him during a stop in 2012 for a minor traffic violation on the Interstate 66 in Fairfax. He rejected a settlement with the government for half of his money and demanded a jury trial.
He eventually got his money back but lost his business because he didn’t have the cash to pay his overheads. – “I paid taxes on that money. I worked for that money,” Stuart said. “Why should I give them my money?”
As the Washington Post reported here last year, police have made 61,998 cash seizures – totalling $2.5 billion since 9/11 – without search warrants or indictments.
Why do governments want to eliminate cash? Isn’t it obvious? They want to control you and your money. Where did you get it? They’ll want to know everything. What will you do with it?
They’ll want a say. Could you not be planning to use it for something “bad”? – You might support “terrorists” – evade taxes – or buy a pack of illegal cigarettes. The possibilities are too vast to ignore. And the arguments are too persuasive to stop the Witch Hunt.
Easy Money Corrupts the Monetary System:
The system is corrupt and dangerously dysfunctional. But why does no one say anything? Central Bankers have, since the 1980s, been fighting credit corrections – being themselves the originators of the credit bubbles.
And for the last six years, the Central Bankers have been so actively and aggressively defending the past that the future doesn’t have a chance. Their easy money has corrupted the entire system. So, there can never be a true recovery of the economy.
Zero Hedge summarizes the “pros”: Enhance the tax base, as most, if not all transactions in the economy can now be traced by the government. – Substantially constrain the parallel economy, particularly in illicit activities. Force people to squander their savings on consumption and/or convert them into investments, thereby providing a boost to GDP and employment!
The United Nations Agenda 21 Program:
The Archon bloodlines want us to accept their Agenda 21 program. Unfortunately for the people of the world, so far everything is going according to the New World Order Plan.
Agenda 21 is so-called as it is the ‘the agenda for the 21st century’ and that constitutes global fascism/communism. Here is a summary of what Agenda 21 includes: ‘Sustainable’ development – don’t use more than can be replaced – sounds sensible enough at first, until it is realised what this and ‘biodiversity’ really means in the context of the conspiracy.
As, ‘Sustainable Development’ and ‘Biodiversity’ is seeking to impose the following:
Termination of national sovereignty
State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems, deserts, forest, mountains, oceans, and fresh water; agriculture; rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equality’ e.: equal enslavement
The State defines the role of business and financial resources Abolition of private property – as it is not ‘sustainable’
‘Restructuring’ the family unit
Children raised by the State
Telling people what their job will be and where to live
Major restrictions on the movement of people
Creation of ‘human settlement zones’
Mass resettlement as people are forced to vacate their land; homes, where they currently live
Dumbing down education-form – achieved, in effect.
Mass global depopulation in pursuit of all of the above.
Agenda 21, the term coined already over two hundred years ago – implies the goal for the completion phase lies in this century.
The secret plan of the New World Order is to reduce the world’s population to a “sustainable” level “in perpetual balance with nature” by a ruthless Population Control Agenda via Population and Reproduction Control.
A Mass Culling of the People is accomplished via Planned Parenthood, toxic adulteration of water and food supplies, the release of weaponised, man-made viruses – like AIDS, EBOLA, etc. – man-made pandemics, mass vaccination programs and the planned Third World War.
Then, Agenda 21 will impose upon the drastically reduced world population, a global feudal-fascist state with ‘one’ World Government, World Religion, World Army, World Central Bank, World Currency and a micro-chipped population for optimal control.
In short, they plan to kill 90% of the world’s population in order to control all aspects of human life and thus rule over everyone, everywhere from the cradle to the grave.
WAKE UP PEOPLE – Research everything while we can still join forces to overthrow these Criminal Mafioso that control every government in the world, as all are governed by corrupt politicians, most, if not all them being RKM bought puppets. They have literally sold their souls to the devil and they know they won’t survive if they don’t obey RKM orders.
Not only the monetary system, but also the whole geopolitical system is corrupted. We will very soon have no freedom anymore, unless we wake up and join forces. We are currently enslaved through the tax system through our birth certificates. People have become assets to exploit and earn money off of.
Related: The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest
Our tax money is deposited in the RKM controlled Vatican bank. Things are getting worse by the day. The point of no return is rapidly approaching and soon it will be too late. We have only very little time left to come to our own defence by waking up and joining forces.
If you do nothing you deserve what you’re going to get.
The Truth About Our Civilisation and You:
This video clearly explains in a nutshell how deeply we, the people are caught up in the network that has been continuously functioning since the year1860. In this system you are not whom you think you are, because a legal person owns his DNA, but at birth your DNA was stolen.
Our oppressors created from every person a corporation with his name in Capital letters, that’s why your name on all official documents is written in capital letters, which does NOT represent the physical you. Check your driver’s licence for confirmation. Only a birth certificate supported by its DNA is evidently a person or citizen.
The Crown in the City of London backs all these corporations, which in reality represents the Vatican. Meanwhile countless Lawyers worldwide are working on the reclamation of DNA, as soon as more progress is made it will be published, as it is in everyone’s interest to break-up the diabolical system in which we live.
By owning your DNA, they own you, your money, your property; they can create a bank holiday to steal your money, as it is not yours as a person, but theirs as the owner of the company that bears your name in CAPITAL letters! You are living under Admiralty Law, you neither have natural rights, nor Civil Rights. YOU ARE A SLAVE!
After controlling the monetary system, and stealing your civil rights, other Archon bloodline (RKM) Agenda 21 implementations are nearing completion, such as the total control of the food supply, weather, water, pharmaceuticals, energy, in order to render people in dire economic straits with no way out.
And so it has come to pass that the unelected EU government in 2013 proposed, rubberstamped and implemented new laws, making it illegal to grow your own food, reproduce or trade any ‘untested’ vegetables, awaiting approval by the Orwellian ‘EU Plant Variety Agency’, which charges a fee for each registration – ever-increasing payments for our food and for our own prison.
The ‘Plant Reproduction Material Law’ will make home gardening with non-regulated seeds a criminal act. This law will stop the professional development of vegetable varieties for home gardening, organic growers, and small-market farmers.
All these new laws do, is to create a whole new raft of EU civil servants who will be paid to move mountains of paper around all day long, while killing off the seed supply to home gardeners and interfering with the right of farmers to grow what they want.
It is also very disturbing that they have given themselves the power to regulate and license any plant species of all sorts in the future – not just agricultural plants, but grasses, mosses, flowers, absolutely everything – without having to bring it back to the Council to vote.
The Global Fascist / Communist Structure:
This is all connected to the plan to ban the population from growing their own food, destroy seed-diversity and allow the Archon food and biotech corporations to monopolise the global food supply – ‘Growing food can hereby be banned by simply stating that it isn’t safe, and then big RKM corporations would control all the food production of the entire planet.’
The global fascist/communist structure would subsequently decide what you should eat and if you are permitted to eat; and what you eat would invariably be full of chemical cocktails beyond anything consumed today to control the masses mentally, emotionally and physically.
The water supply would also be drugged so that people would end up ‘loving their servitude’ as Aldous Huxley wrote in his book the Brave New World.
If you ate, would depend on whether you were a good little mindless slave or not. No acquiescence, no food, and no water – the supply and distribution of food would be monitored so that no-one could give food to a fugitive of the system, as Dr Day put it in his lecture in 1969.
A terrible future prospect for all of us, but – for not too long – the power is still with the people if only we would come together in mutual support and if only international publicity and response to this would steadily lead to opposing and rejecting these horrible laws relating to growing our own food.
The bloodline families are terrified that the people will unite, that’s why ‘dividing and conquering us’ is their top priority.
It’s important to understand the reasoning of our Archon bloodline tyrants. They have no empathy, no compassion – they are narcissistic, psychopathic, sociopaths. They have falsely invented the global warming scam– with the climate change narrative as their argument to depopulate, to cull the world’s populace from seven billion at present to 500 million by 2050.
Dr Richard Day, the Rockefeller insider and weather manipulator during WW2, said in 1969: The weather will be modified and used as a weapon of war to create drought or famine.’
Producing record-breaking snow in the mountains and constant heavy rains to flood the Missouri and the Mississippi is easy with the technology at the Archon bloodlines’ disposal – especially HAARP, in Alaska and various other locations worldwide, that transmits high-powered radio waves to the upper atmosphere, the ionosphere, heating it up and eventually bouncing back to earth.
Ken O’Keefe Exposes Jesuits, World Bankers, Illuminati, Reptilians, Freemasons:
Russia Releases Photos Claiming To Show US Special Ops Equipment In ISIS Positions In Syria & Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya October 1 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / VeteransToday
Aerial images were recently released that appear to show U.S. Special Operations Forces and their equipment embedded in ISIS positions in Syria.
While coverage of the Islamic State’s reign of terror in Iraq and Syria has quietly disappeared from the mainstream media, allegations and photos of the United States supporting and funding the group continue to come to the forefront.
The latest battle is occurring over Deir er-Zor, the largest city in eastern Syria, where both the U.S. and Russia claim to be fighting against ISIS. However, according to the Russian Ministry of Defense, aerial images of ISIS positions included equipment from U.S. Army Special Forces.
In a statement posted on its Facebook page, the Russian Defense Ministry claimed that U.S. Special Operations Forces units “enable US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces units to smoothly advance through the ISIS formations” and because they are facing no resistance from ISIS militants, the Syrian Democratic Forces units are “advancing along the left shore of the Euphrates toward Deir er-Zor.”
Russia’s MoD claimed the aerial photos were taken on Sept. 8-12 over ISIS locations north of Deir er-Zor. The equipment from American Special Operations Forces came in the form of “a large number” of American Hummer armored vehicles.
The statement noted that even though the presence of the Special Operations Forces would indicate that they were aware of the terrorist group’s presence in the area, its actions suggest that “the US troops feel safe in terrorist controlled regions,” because there were no calls for an organized screening patrol and there is no evidence of US-led coalition airstrikes to drive out the militants.
"The shots clearly show the US SOF units located at strongholds that had been equipped by the ISIS terrorists. Though there is no evidence of assault, struggle or any US-led coalition airstrikes to drive out the militants.
Despite that the US strongholds being located in the ISIS areas, no screening patrol has been organized at them. This suggests that the US troops feel safe in terrorist controlled regions.”
Both the statement and the aerial images from Russia’s Ministry of Defense serve as a reminder that the lines are often blurred when it comes to the difference between the Syrian Democratic Forces (which openly receive U.S. funding) and ISIS militants (which have mysteriously received help from the U.S. on a number of occasions).
There have been accusations of the U.S. paying the salaries of the “moderate rebels” it was training in Syria, with one rebel commander reportedly saying in July that “U.S. support had been waning for months,” but the rebels “had been given their salaries as normal last month.”
Russian President Putin alluded to the idea in 2014, when he called out the Obama Administration for arming and training “the Syrians that were fighting Assad,” and then noted that both the “moderate rebels” and the “ISIS militants” are mercenaries, often fighting for the side that pays them the largest salary.
“Another threat that President Obama mentioned was ISIS,” Putin said. “Well who on earth armed them? Who armed the Syrians that were fighting with Assad?
Who created the necessary political information and climate that facilitated this situation? Who pushed for the delivery of arms to the area? Do you really not understand who is fighting in Syria?
They are mercenaries mostly. Do you understand they are paid money? Mercenaries fight for whichever side pays more.”
There are also a number of circumstances in which U.S. equipment and funding just happened to benefit the Islamic State.
In October 2014, the Pentagon admitted that the U.S. airdropped weapons to ISIS, and blamed “the wind” for the fact that those weapons were not delivered to Kurdish fighters in Kobani.
In October 2016, the Pentagon was caught paying a PR firm $540 million to create fake terrorist videos - much like the ones purported to show ISIS militants beheading innocent civilians.
Then in a 2016 audit, the Department of Defense admitted that it could not account for $1 billion in weapons and equipment that was meant for forces in Syria, but likely ended up in the hands of ISIS.
In 2017, allegations that U.S. Army Special Operations Forces units were found embedded with ISIS militants are no surprise, given the United States’ history of being in the right place at the right time to protect the group from being defeated.
As the reports become more and more obvious, it raises the question of whether the U.S. government will ever admit its true role in the conflict.
Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya
Mossad officer leading ISIS as mosque Imam arrested in Libya. [We have known for a long time that US, Israeli & Saudi officers were leading ISIS, this latest incident is just further proof of that.]
Libyan authorities arrested a leader and mosque preacher of the ISIS terrorist group who later confessed to be a Mossad officer.
According to the Libyan authorities, preacher Abu Hafs’ real name is Benjamin Efraim, an Israeli national operating in one of Mossad’s special units which conduct espionage operations in Arab and Islamic countries.
The Libyan authorities said the Mossad spy has started his career in Libya by leading a 200-member ISIS-affiliated group and moved to Benghazi in disguise as a preacher.
According to them, Abu Hafs had attempted to infiltrate Egypt, adding that the group, under his command, is among the most barbaric terrorist groups which had threatened to export war to Egypt.
The report came in the backdrop of a number of reports that said ISIS Leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was also a Mossad agent although no credible evidence has yet been presented to substantiate the claim.
When the terror outfit attacked Iraq and conquered Mosul some three years ago, numerous reports have surfaced the media disclosing that tens of Mossad agents are leading ISIS fighters.
The report came as speculations are increasing within the ranks of ISIS over the possible successor of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi after the recent reports about his death.
According to last month reports, ISIS’s leader in Libya Jalalulddin al-Tunisi and ISIS’s leader in Syria Abu Mohammad al-Shamali are the main two picks to lead the terrorist group after al-Baghdadi.
Jalalulddin al-Tunisi, whose real name is Mohammad Bin Salem al-Oyoni, was born in 1982 and is a resident of the town of Masaken in Souseh province in Central Tunisia.
Al-Oyoni has also acquired the French nationality after his trip to the European country before joining terrorist groups in Tunisia in 2011-2012. Al-Oyoni joined ISIS in Iraq and Syria in 2013 and 2014.
American and Iraqi sources claimed that six commanders of ISIS, including a Belgian-Algerian and a French member of the terrorist group are read to be the successor of al-Baghdadi.
Hillary Clinton ‘Cover Up’ Elite Pedophile Ring At State Department According To NBC News Report + Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison September 30 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Washington Post / Various
The Pizzagate topic has been one of great controversy, and for good reason – if true, the implications of the allegations are huge. It would turn how we view powerful people including Presidents, high ranking political officials and those we entrust to run our countries on its head.
An NBC news report claims that Hillary Clinton, while acting as secretary of state, shut down an investigation into an elite pedophile ring in State Department ranks in order to avoid scandal
These people would be, under the definitions of our systems, criminals committing pedophilia.
So one must be careful in digging into the correct details when exploring this subject. At the same time, you would assume that if all of this was not true, it would be no problem allowing full on investigations to take place. Except, that’s not what is happening.
An NBC news report claims that Hillary Clinton, while acting as secretary of state, shut down an investigation into an elite pedophile ring in State Department ranks in order to avoid scandal and protect the careers of high ranking officials and an ambassador. Why would this need to happen?
The NBC investigation was broadcast prior to when NBC became heavily slanted in favor of Hillary’s campaign in the recent election. They were handed internal State Department memos to back up claims of a massive Hillary Clinton elite pedophile ring cover-up.
“Serious allegations concerning the State Department,” the NBC anchor announced, before launching into the disturbing details that mainstream media would be unable to report on in 2017 given the backlash received and cover up that ensued when PizzaGate began circulating.
“According to internal State Department memos the agency might have called off or intervened into investigations into possibly illegal, inappropriate behaviour within its ranks allegedly to protect jobs and avoid scandals.”
“This concerns a time when Hillary Clinton was secretary of state.”
Guess What Investigation Hillary Clinton Covered Up At The State Department
“There is an old saying in Washington that the cover-up is worse than the crime. But in this case both parts of it are disturbing,” Chuck Todd continued.
“Allegations of prostitution and pedophilia, and allegations that those crimes were somehow covered up or not looked into. So the State Department this morning is having to respond to those claims, and those investigations involve misconduct by State Department officials, including an Ambassador and security agents attached to then secretary of state, Hillary Clinton.”
“The allegations are that these investigations were whitewashed, quashed altogether, and that those orders came from high up.”
“NBC has obtained documents relating to ongoing investigations into some disturbing allegations involving State Department personnel and at least one ambassador. A State Department memo says, quote, “the Ambassador routinely ditched his protective security detail in order to solicit sexual favors from both prostitutes and minor children."
“The memo also says a top State Department official directed State Department investigators to “cease the investigation” into the ambassador’s conduct.” It’s just one of what another document describes as “several examples of undue influence” from top State Department officials.”
“We know that both of them have been a major part and participant of what’s called The Lolita Express, which is a plane owned by Mr. Jeff Epstein, a wealthy multi-millionaire w
We can also look back to a recent debacle that took place when CBS anchor Ben Swann told the pizzagate story during his segment Reality Check. It was a very fair and balanced report with little emotion or conclusion drawn. It allowed the viewer to make up their minds for themselves and unlike many mainstream media stories, it didn’t aggressively try to stray the viewer in a direction.
Yet Swann’s episode was shut down, removed and his personal work was taken offline. After some time he returned to CBS but the pizzagate story was buried.
We spoke with Ben not long after, we plan to release a short documentary outlining what happened completely with the whole pizzagate story backlash in the coming months.
Elite Pedophile Ring Coming Down?
In contrast to Clinton’s cover-up, President Trump has announced a federal investigation into the elite pedophile scandal involving human trafficking earlier this month and promised to help put an end to the “horrific, really horrific crimes taking place.”
Not long ago, president Trump held a short press conference following a meeting with human trafficking experts to announce he will direct “the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies” to devote more resources and personnel to the investigation.
While this investigation requires much more attention, Trump only appeared at the press conference for less than two minutes. He stated that the issue has been on the radar of federal government for some time but since taking office in January the investigation has become “much more focused.”
We hope to see him stay true with this intention and bring an end to this racket.
“It has been much more focused over the last four weeks, I can tell you that.”
Trump: I'll Fight Human Trafficking 'Epidemic'
Why This Needs To Be Explored
While it is very easy to view this type of story as negative in our minds, it’s important we bring the truth to the surface. We are in a time when humanity is faced with serious decisions about its future.
Do we continue down the disconnected and incredibly destructive path we are on, or do we continue to awaken to what’s really going on in our world, dismantle it and then create a world where we can thrive?
There is no doubt that what used to slip through the cracks years ago no longer does. People are much more wise to the games and cover ups going on in our world, especially within high ranking political and military levels within the US.
Many have become much more informed about the ruling cabal or shadow government or deep state that is running our world. This was a conspiracy just 10 years ago, and yet now it’s even being discussed in mainstream news.
This illustrates quite clearly the grand shift in consciousness humanity is experiencing and through this process we will be seeing the truth about what is really going on in our world so as a whole we can process and shift all that we have been creating from the level of consciousness we have been experiencing for centuries.
This will mean facing our ‘darkness’, working through deep seeded emotional pain, moving beyond our ego’s, understanding who we truly are and why we are here and so forth. Not from a religious or ‘new age’ way, but from a basic understanding of how all things function.
We’re already seeing this happen in a big way with the rise of new understandings into the spiritual nature of who we truly are.
So as these truths come to light, we’re challenged to look beyond judgement of them, process the anger, the ‘hate’, the fear or worry that might come and instead get into a place where we can see the experience as something we simply do not want in our reality and more so, can understand how it has served us to grow.
Again, this is not about allowing things like this to continue, but to instead end it and change it from a place of love and peace verses a place of anger, resentment and grief, which will only create more of it.
Change starts within. By creating these shifts in perception within ourself, we become clear on the correct action to take moving forward and also give permission for others to see the world in a new way too, which allows things to shift in a much deeper way. We are all capable of this.
If you wish to learn more about the shift in consciousness taking place in our world, check out our latest documentary CE3: The Shift which you can watch for free here.
Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison
Disgraced former U.S. congressman Anthony Weiner, whose exchange of illicit messages with a teenager wound up playing a role in the 2016 presidential election, was sentenced Monday to 21 months in prison, authorities said.
Former representative Anthony Weiner (D-N.Y.) was sentenced Sept. 25 to 21 months in jail for transferring obscene material to a minor
The penalty marks a stunning downfall for the New York Democrat whose propensity for sending lewd photos to women repeatedly derailed his career in politics, and - in a roundabout way - might also have affected Hillary Clinton’s bid to become president.
It was federal authorities’ investigation of Weiner that led them to emails of his wife, top Clinton aide Huma Abedin, and the discovery of those emails ultimately caused the FBI, as the election campaign drew to a close, to reopen the probe of Clinton’s use of a private email server.
Weiner, 53, pleaded guilty in May to transferring obscene material to a minor, stemming from interactions he had with a 15-year-old who later described the exchanges and released images to the Daily Mail.
The report in September 2016 was notable, although by then, Weiner was well known for such conduct. Abedin had recently separated from her husband, after the New York Post revealed he had sent photos and sexual texts to another woman, and the two are in the process of a divorce.
Similar incidents had forced Weiner’s resignation from Congress and dashed his hopes of becoming mayor of New York City.
Because of the teen’s age, Weiner’s exchanges with her would have far more dire consequences. Prosecutors said Weiner knew that the girl was a minor and nonetheless asked her to engage in explicit conduct, which is a crime. They asked for a sentence between 21 and 27 months, arguing that Weiner’s misdeeds were “serious and his demonstrated need for deterrence is real.”
“The defendant did far more than exchange typed words on a lifeless cellphone screen with a faceless stranger,” prosecutors wrote in sentencing papers.
“With full knowledge that he was communicating with a real 15-year-old girl, the defendant asked her to engage in sexually explicit conduct via Skype and Snapchat, where her body was on display, and where she was asked to sexually perform for him.”
Weiner’s defense attorneys argued for a penalty that did not include jail time. They cast the former congressman as a man with an addiction problem and asserted that the teen had reached out to him hoping to generate material for a book deal.
She was paid $30,000 by the Daily Mail for her story, defense attorneys wrote, and an additional $10,000 for a recent appearance on “Inside Edition.” The teen also admitted to investigators that “one of her goals” was to affect the outcome of the presidential election, defense attorneys asserted.
For his part, Weiner, who appeared at the sentencing in federal district court in Manhattan on Monday, apologized for what he had done and said he is seeking treatment for his addiction.
“I am profoundly sorry to her,” he wrote in a letter to the court. “I was selfish. I have no excuse for what I did to her.”
When the investigation into Weiner’s exchanges with the girl were publicly revealed, the Trump campaign seized on the news to call for Clinton to return donations from Weiner. The Republican presidential candidate would soon have much more fodder.
In investigating Weiner, the FBI found correspondence between Clinton and Abedin on a device they had not examined previously. That discovery prompted them to reopen their investigation of Clinton’s use of a private email server, just weeks before the election. They sought a warrant to examine what they thought might be new emails.
The FBI had previously concluded that no one should be charged in the case, and agents ultimately found nothing that changed their minds. Still, the revelation that the probe was reopened became a major issue late in the presidential election, and Clinton has blamed it in part for her loss.
Weiner’s defense attorneys even noted the FBI’s actions in urging a lenient sentence, arguing that the public disclosures of the investigative steps “exacted significant extrajudicial punishment on Anthony and his family.”
“Anthony might once have been a punchline, but he is now - to many in this country - something far worse, as a result of Secretary Clinton’s loss,” defense attorneys wrote.
In a news release, acting Manhattan U.S. attorney Joon H. Kim said Weiner received a “just sentence that was appropriate for his crime.”
U.S. District Judge Denise L. Cote said at the hearing, “This is a serious crime that deserves serious punishment.”
Weiner is scheduled to report to prison on Nov. 6, prosecutors said.
Arlo Devlin-Brown, Weiner’s defense attorney, said in a statement that the defense team was “disappointed” Weiner had been sentenced to prison.
“Judge Cote reasoned that because of Anthony’s notoriety, a sentence of imprisonment could discourage others from following in his footsteps,” Devlin-Brown said. “We certainly hope this public service message is received, but it has resulted in a punishment more severe than it had to be given the unusual facts and circumstances of this case.”
Comment: What we are seeing now is just the very tip of the iceberg as the pedo-run-elite begin to be exposed. Most people will not even be able to comprehend the pervasiveness of paedophilia used by the Luciferian religion that drives the Cabal - but the truth must be exposed in order for the world to move ahead.
Wilders Slams EU, Migrant Invasion In Defiant Speech At Globalist Conference September 30 2017 | From: Infowars / Various
The future belongs to a Europe of sovereign nations.
Geert Wilders, leader of the Netherlands’ second-most popular political party, delivered a speech to a crowd of globalists and technocrats in which he denounced the EU superstate and the on-going Islamization of the European continent.
Wilders was an unlikely guest at the exclusive Ambrosetti Forum, hosted in Italy by the European House, a highly influential think tank.
The Dutch populist, known for his strong opposition to globalism and Islam, held nothing back in a powerful address titled “The Europe We Want."
“I applaud the fact that you invite someone who does not share your enthusiasm for the European Union. Or your European dream as Euro commissioner Frans Timmermans just called it. To be honest: his dream is my nightmare,” Wilders began.
“I believe in a positive future for Europe as a community of independent, sovereign and democratic nations – working together without a supranational political union – a Europe without the European Union.”
Wilders extolled the virtues of the nation state and professed the critical importance of national sovereignty in the protection of a society, its culture, and its people – contrasted with the bullying tactics and reckless policies of unelected, internationalist dictators in Brussels.
“Another extremely important thing the Dutch have achieved over the past centuries were clear and defined borders. Borders are important. Because they protect us and define who and what we are,” Wilders said.
“Thanks to our governments who gave away sovereignty we are now no longer in charge of our immigration policy and even our own borders, and the result is devastating.”
“The Dutch have their own identity. And so do the other nations of Europe. But there is NO single European identity.”
“The EU is characterized by cultural relativism and enmity towards patriotism. But patriotism is not a dangerous threat, it is something to be proud of,” he continued.
“It means defending a nation’s sovereignty and independence, and not selling it out in shabby compromises to the EU and its bureaucrats.”
Wilders went on to place the lion’s share of the blame for the on-going migrant crisis on German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s shoulders, saying her “Wir schaffen das – We can do it” rhetoric has been a invitation for disaster, as millions of mostly-Muslim Third World “asylum seekers” pour onto the European land mass, desperate to become one of “Mama Merkel’s” esteemed “guests” – but who refuse to assimilate or work, and aren’t expected to do so.
Referring to the growing list of Islamic terrorist attacks being carried out across Europe, he declared;
“Brussels together with the pro-EU leaders in the national capitals created the conditions which made these horrible events and attacks possible by allowing millions of immigrants to enter Europe – often unchecked, by making no assimilation demands whatsoever, by refusing to impose a leitkultur, a dominant culture, by being politically correct and because of a total lack of leadership.”
Wilders concluded with a barrage of anti-globalism proclamations that likely set the room on fire.
“But, despite all the bad news, as I said at the beginning, I am an optimist. All over Europe, ever more people are becoming proud patriots, and know that the patriots will win. And so will the nation state,” he said.
“We can also work together to fight terrorism. But all on a voluntary basis, as sovereign nations.”
“And without a political union. Without the EU. The future belongs to the Europe of sovereign nations.”
Owen Shroyer and David Knight uncover why European leaders fail to consider the future of the people of the states the govern: they have no children of their own.
The elite are flooding countries with people who will not assimilate.
Alex Jones and David Knight break down the very real plan to replace citizens of nationalist countries with manageable third world refugees.
It may seem like a conspiracy theory to most naysayers, but it is well documented, recorded from the mouth of globalist Peter Sutherland and obviously completely underway.
In Stunning Reversal, DHS Says Russians Were Not Behind Attempted Wisconsin Vote Hacking + Bannon To Conservatives: Fear 'Corrupt' GOP Establishment September 29 2017 | From: Zerohedge / ABCNews/ Various
Just in time for the weekend, the Associated Press reported on Friday that the Department of Homeland Security had notified 21 states earlier that day that their election systems had been targeted by malicious cyber actors.
The states and DHS quickly jumped to the conclusion that Russia had ordered the cyberattacks, even though it was reported that the identity or identities of the perpetrators were inconclusive.
Yet, the news spread like wildfire after readers had been primed as reports of possible infiltartion of state election systems had circulated for nearly a year. Even so, for many states, the call Friday from the Department of Homeland Security was the first official confirmation that their election systems had, in fact, been targeted by hackers.
Federal officials said that in most of the 21 states, the targeting was preparatory activity such as scanning computer systems.
But in a stunning reversal - one which we doubt will put endless rumors of Russian cyberinterference to bed - the AP now reports that DHS has told Wisconsin that the Russian government was not involved in the cyber-targeting.
In an email to the state’s deputy elections administrator that was provided to reporters at the Wisconsin Elections Commission meeting on Tuesday, Homeland Security said that initial notice of Russian involvement was made in error.
Also, as we noted at the time, the government did not originally assign blame to the Russians when news of the alleged "scanning" initially broke on Friday although most medias jumped at the opportunity to blame Putin.
Infuriated by the error, some state officials said that DHS should provide an expalanation for the errror, or at least issue an apology to state elections officials, who were understandbly unnerved by the news of Russian involvement.
“Based on our external analysis, the WI IP address affected belongs to the WI Department of Workforce Development, not the Elections Commission,” said the email from Juan Figueroa, with Homeland Security’s Office of Infrastructure Protection.
It wasn’t immediately known if Homeland Security made similar mistakes with any of the other 20 states. Figueroa did not immediately reply to an email seeking an explanation of how the mistake was made.
Homeland Security initially told the Elections Commission that the Russians scanned the state’s internet-connected election infrastructure, likely seeking specific vulnerabilities to access voter registration databases.
“Either they were right on Friday and this is a cover up, or they were wrong on Friday and we deserve an apology,” Mark Thomsen, the commission’s chairman, said in light of the new email.”
Wisconsin’s chief elections administrator Michael Haas told AP that Homeland Security had assured the state that it had not been targeted - by Russians, or anybody else, for that matter.
“Wisconsin was not provided any information that indicated before the November election that Russian government actors were targeting election systems,”Haas said. He said one theory is that Homeland Security saw suspicious activity from IP addresses targeting state election systems in other states and assumed that was the intent in Wisconsin as well.
Others were apparently in shock: “It’s been a difficult process trying to piece all of this together,” said Wisconsin Elections Commission spokesman Reid Magney. “We’re trying to understand what happened.”
Furthermore, Wisconsin’s chief information officer, David Cagigal, told the elections commission that Wisconsin had never been told by Homeland Security, prior to the Friday notice, that Russians had targeted Wisconsin’s election system or anything else.
Deputy information officer, Herb Thompson, said Homeland Security told the state in October to check on a certain IP address that the state had blocked from accessing its systems in August 2016.
“We have never seen any of those activities result in anything other than someone trying to turn the doorknob to see if a door is open,” Thompson said.
“Those IP addresses we talked about, we had blocked, they were related to non-election systems.”Cagigal said, “Our systems were protected and we had no incidences.”
Still, the state's election commission has promised to improve security before the midterms next year.
Reports that Russians may have targeted, or infiltrated, state voting systems have been circulating since late last year, when the Washington Post published a story about alleged Russian infiltration in Vermont, only to retract the story shortly after.
While we doubt that this will be the last "Russia hacked the elections" fake news, it is reassuring that all this frenzied chaos will at least bring some security to America's voting systems.
Security enhancements being considered include encrypting the entire voter registration database to protect the information and make it unusable to anyone who may be able to steal it and requiring two-factor authentication for the roughly 3,000 local and state officials who have access to the WisVote system.
Perhaps an appropriate question is why this wasn't done before?
Roger Stone’s Statement To Congress On Russia-Gate
Roger Stone releases his testimony that will be delivered to the House Intelligence Committee, setting the record straight and debunking the lies concerning Russia.
Bannon To Conservatives: Fear 'Corrupt' GOP Establishment
Former White House strategist Steve Bannon told conservatives Sunday at a rally that they needn't worry about Democrats but instead should focus on the "corrupt and incompetent Republican establishment."
Senior Counselor to the President Steve Bannon walks into the Rose Garden before President Donald Trump announces his decision to pull out of the Paris climate agreement at the White House, June 1, 2017, in Washington
Bannon spoke to about 400 people at a St. Louis hotel during the rally hosted by Phyllis Schlafly Eagles, a spinoff of the conservative think tank Eagle Forum that Schlafly founded and led until her death last year at age 92.
The rally came at a tense time in St. Louis, where nearly 200 people have been arrested in protest since Sept. 15, when a judge acquitted a white former police officer in the fatal shooting of a black suspect. A small group of protesters stood outside the hotel with signs, including large letters that spelled out "Racist."
Bannon left his White House post in August after a turbulent seven months. He immediately returned to Breitbart News, which he led before joining Donald Trump's presidential campaign.
During a three-minute speech, Bannon said he left the White House because Trump "needed a wingman to go against the Republican establishment."
“It's not the Democrats, we'll get to them and we'll beat them, like we beat Hillary Clinton," Bannon said. "But the first thing you've got to get through is a corrupt and incompetent Republican establishment," he told the crowd to cheers."
Republicans in Congress have failed to support Trump's "populist, nationalist, conservative" message and ideas, Bannon said.
"They're not conservatives. They're liberals, and that is what we've got to fight every day," he said.
Despite his continuing support for the president, Bannon is heading to Alabama to campaign against the Trump-backed candidate in that state's Republican Senate primary. He is scheduled to speak Monday at a rally for former Alabama Chief Justice Roy Moore, ahead of the Tuesday runoff.
Trump is backing the incumbent, Sen. Luther Strange, who was appointed to the seat that belonged to Attorney General Jeff Sessions.
Bannon said opponents of Moore have waged "politics of personal destruction. They're out to destroy him. Do you know why? Because they cannot take the righteousness the people like Judge Moore represent."
Some at the rally wore "Support President Trump" T-shirts. Among them was Edith Herd, 61, who said she remains unwavering in her support of the president.
“He has the nation at heart," Herd said. "He's not a perfect man. There are things in his past I don't agree with. But we give everybody second chances. Give him a chance to do what he said he was going to do."
Bannon received an award from the group earlier in the day, but the presentation was closed to media.
Schlafly, of suburban St. Louis, was the driving force behind defeat of the pro-feminist Equal Rights Amendment in the 1970s. Her endorsement of Trump several months before her death was part of the internal organizational strife that led Phyllis Schlafly Eagles to break away from Eagle Forum.
How Nestle Makes Billions Selling You Groundwater In A Bottle September 29 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei/ Various
A few weeks ago we shared with readers a lawsuit filed in Connecticut against Nestle Waters North America, Inc. alleging that the water they marketed as Poland ‘Natural Spring Water’ was actually just bottled groundwater - the same water that runs through the taps of many American households.
Now a new investigation from Bloomberg Businessweek reveals how large water bottling companies choose their plant locations
This is done based not on the steady supply of pristine, natural drinking water, as their labels and other marketing campaigns would lead you to believe, but based on which economically depressed municipalities offer up the most tax breaks and have the most lax water laws.
As an example, even in the drought stricken state of California, Bloomberg notes that Nestle was able to strike a sweetheart 20-year supply agreement with the U.S. Forest Service to pay roughly $0.000001 for the water in each bottle that consumers blindly drop a couple bucks to purchase.
But it illuminates how Nestlé has come to dominate a controversial industry, spring by spring, often going into economically depressed municipalities with the promise of jobs and new infrastructure in exchange for tax breaks and access to a resource that’s scarce for millions.
Where Nestlé encounters grass-roots resistance against its industrial-strength guzzling, it deploys lawyers; where it’s welcome, it can push the limits of that hospitality, sometimes with the acquiescence of state and local governments that are too cash-strapped or inept to say no.
There are the usual costs of doing business, including transportation, infrastructure, and salaries.
But Nestlé pays little for the product it bottles - sometimes a municipal rate and other times just a nominal extraction fee. In Michigan, it’s $200.
Viktor Schauberger “The Secrets Of Water” Documentary
A fascinating exploration of the groundbreaking discoveries and mind-blowing uses of waters secret qualities. Understand why vortexing water may be so beneficial to your health.
Free-energy produced by the Repulsine device. An excellent documentary on the genius of Viktor Schaubeger and his son, Walter Schauberger who spent their life researching and utilizing waters hidden qualities.
Happy Birthday CIA: 7 Truly Terrible Things The Agency Has Done In 70 Years September 28 2017 | From: ActivistPost
On Monday, President Trump tweeted birthday wishes to the Air Force and the CIA. Both became official organizations 70 years ago on September 18, 1947, with the implementation of the National Security Act of 1947.
After spending years as a wartime intelligence agency called the Office of Strategic Services, the agency was solidified as a key player in the federal government’s operations with then-President Harry Truman’s authorization.
In the seventy years since, the CIA has committed a wide variety of misdeeds, crimes, coups, and violence. Here are seven of the worst programs they’ve carried out (that are known to the public):
1. Toppling Governments Around the World
The CIA is best known for its first coup, Operation Ajax, in 1953, in which it ousted the democratically elected leader of Iran, Mohammed Mossadegh, reinstating the autocratic Shah, who favored western oil interests.
That operation, which the CIA now admits to waging with British intelligence, ultimately resulted in the 1979 revolution and subsequent U.S. hostage crisis. Relations between the U.S. and Iran remain strained to this day, aptly described by the CIA-coined term “blowback.”
But the CIA has had a hand in toppling a number of other democratically elected governments, from Guatemala (1954) and the Congo (1960) to the Dominican Republic (1961), South Vietnam (1963), Brazil (1964), and Chile (1973). The CIA has aimed to install leaders who appease American interests, often empowering oppressive, violent dictators. This is only a partial list of countries where the CIA covertly attempted to exploit and manipulate sovereign nations’ governments.
2. Operation Paperclip
In one of the more bizarre CIA plots, the agency and other government departments employed Nazi scientists both within and outside the United States to gain an advantage over the Soviets. As summarized by NPR:
"The aim [of Operation Paperclip] was to find and preserve German weapons, including biological and chemical agents, but American scientific intelligence officers quickly realized the weapons themselves were not enough.
They decided the United States needed to bring the Nazi scientists themselves to the U.S. Thus began a mission to recruit top Nazi doctors, physicists and chemists - including Wernher von Braun, who went on to design the rockets that took man to the moon."
They praised the book’s historical accuracy, noting “that the Launch Operations Center at Cape Canaveral, Florida, was headed by Kurt Debus, an ardent Nazi.” They acknowledged that “General Reinhard Gehlen, former head of Nazi intelligence operations against the Soviets, was hired by the US Army and later by the CIA to operate 600 ex-Nazi agents in the Soviet zone of occupied Germany.”
Remarkably, they noted that Jacobsen “understandably questions the morality of the decision to hire Nazi SS scientists,” but praise her for pointing out that it was done to fight Soviets. They also made sure to add that the Soviets hired Nazis, too, apparently justifying their own questionable actions by citing their most loathed enemy.
But that was of little concern to President Lyndon B. Johnson as opposition to the Vietnam war grew. According to former New York Times journalist and Pulitzer Prize-winner Tim Weiner, as documented in his extensive CIA history, Legacy of Ashes, Johnson instructed then-CIA Director Richard Helms to break the law:
"In October 1967, a handful of CIA analysts joined in the first big Washington march against the war. The president regarded protesters as enemies of the state. He was convinced that the peace movement was controlled and financed by Moscow and Beijing. He wanted proof. He ordered Richard Helms to produce it.
Helms reminded the president that the CIA was barred from spying on Americans. He says Johnson told him: ‘I’m quite aware of that. What I want for you is to pursue this matter, and to do what is necessary to track down the foreign communists who are behind this intolerable interference in our domestic affairs…’”
Helms obeyed. Weiner wrote:
"In a blatant violation of his powers under the law, the director of central intelligence became a part-time secret police chief. The CIA undertook a domestic surveillance operation, code-named Chaos. It went on for almost seven years…
Eleven CIA officers grew long hair, learned the jargon of the New Left, and went off to infiltrate peace groups in the United States and Europe.
According to Weiner, “the agency compiled a computer index of 300,000 names of American people and organizations, and extensive files on 7,200 citizens. It began working in secret with police departments all over America.”
Because they could not draw a “clear distinction” between the new far left and mainstream opposition to the war, the CIA spied on every major peace organization in the country. President Johnson also wanted them to prove a connection between foreign communists and the black power movement.
“The agency tried its best,” Weiner noted, ultimately noting that “the CIA never found a shred of evidence that linked the leaders of the American left or the black-power movement to foreign governments.”
4. Infiltrating the Media
Over the years, the CIA has successfully gained influence in the news media, as well as popular media like film and television. Its influence over the news began almost immediately after the agency was formed. As Weiner explained, CIA Director Allen Dulles established firm ties with newspapers:
"Dulles kept in close touch with the men who ran the New York Times, The Washington Post, and the nation’s leading weekly magazines.
He could pick up the phone and edit a breaking story, make sure an irritating foreign correspondent was yanked from the field, or hire the services of men such as Time’s Berlin bureau chief and Newsweek’s man in Tokyo.”
"It was second nature for Dulles to plant stories in the press. American newsrooms were dominated by veterans of the government’s wartime propaganda branch, the Office of War Information…
The men who responded to the CIA’s call included Henry Luce and his editors at Time, Life, and Fortune; popular magazines such as Parade, the Saturday Review, and Reader’s Digest; and the most powerful executives at CBS News.
Dulles built a public-relations and propaganda machine that came to include more than fifty news organizations, a dozen publishing houses, and personal pledges of support from men such as Axel Springer, West Germany’s most powerful press baron..”
The CIA’s influence had not waned by 1977 when journalist Carl Bernstein reported on publications with CIA agents in their employ, as well as “more than 400 American journalists who in the past twenty‑five years have secretly carried out assignments for the Central Intelligence Agency.”
The CIA has also successfully advised on and influenced numerous television shows, such asHomeland and 24 and films like Zero Dark Thirty and Argo, which push narratives that ultimately favor the agency. According to Tricia Jenkins, author of The CIA in Hollywood: How the Agency Shapes Film & Television, a concerted agency effort began in the 1990s to counteract negative public perceptions of the CIA, but their influence reaches back decades.
In the 1950s, filmmakers produced films for the CIA, including the 1954 film adaptation of George Orwell’s Animal Farm.
Researchers Tom Secker and Matthew Alford, whose work has been published in the American Journal of Economics and Sociology, say their recent Freedom of Information Act requests have shown that the CIA - along with the military - have influenced over 1,800 films and television shows, many of which have nothing to do with CIA or military themes.
5. Drug-Induced Mind Control
In the 1950s, the CIA began experimenting with drugs to determine whether they might be useful in extracting information. As Smithsonian Magazine has noted of the MKUltra project:
"The project, which continued for more than a decade, was originally intended to make sure the United States government kept up with presumed Soviet advances in mind-control technology. It ballooned in scope and its ultimate result, among other things, was illegal drug testing on thousands of Americans.”
"The intent of the project was to study ‘the use of biological and chemical materials in altering human behavior,’ according to the official testimony of CIA director Stansfield Turner in 1977.
The project was conducted in extreme secrecy, Turner said, because of ethical and legal questions surrounding the program and the negative public response that the CIA anticipated if MKUltra should become public.
Under MKUltra, the CIA gave itself the authority to research how drugs could:’ ‘promote the intoxicating effects of alcohol;’ ‘render the induction of hypnosis easier;’ ‘enhance the ability of individuals to withstand privation, torture and coercion;’ produce amnesia, shock and confusion; and much more.
Many of these questions were investigated using unwitting test subjects, like drug-addicted prisoners, marginalized sex workers and terminal cancer patients– ‘people who could not fight back,’ in the words of Sidney Gottlieb, the chemist who introduced LSD to the CIA.”
Further, as Weiner noted:
"Under its auspices, seven prisoners at a federal penitentiary in Kentucky were kept high on LSD for seventy-seven consecutive days. When the CIA slipped the same drug to an army civilian employee, Frank Olson, he leaped out of the window of a New York Hotel.
Weiner added that senior CIA officers destroyed “almost all of the records” of the programs, but that while the “evidence that remains is fragmentary…it strongly suggests that use of secret prisons for the forcible drug-induced questioning of suspect agents went on throughout the 1950s.”
Years later, the CIA would be accused of distributing crack-cocaine into poor black communities, though this is currently less substantiated and supported mostly by accounts of those who claim to have been involved.
More recently, the CIA was exposed for sponsoring abusive, disturbing terror tactics against detainees at prisons housing terror suspects.
An extensive 2014 Senate report documented agents committing sexual abuse, forcing detainees to stand on broken legs, waterboarding them so severely it sometimes led to convulsions, and imposing forced rectal feeding, to name a few examples.
Ultimately, the agency had very little actionable intelligence to show for their torture tactics but lied to suggest they did, according to the torture report. Their torture tactics led the International Criminal Court to suggest the CIA, along with the U.S. armed forces, could be guilty of war crimes for their abuses.
7. Arming Radicals
The CIA has a long habit of arming radical, extremist groups that view the United States as enemies. In 1979, the CIA set out to support Afghan rebels in their bid to defeat the Soviet occupation of the Middle Eastern country.
As Weiner wrote, in 1979, “Prompted by Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Carter signed a covert-action order for the CIA to provide the Afghan rebels with medical aid, money, and propaganda.”
"The Pakistani intelligence chiefs who doled out the CIA’s guns and money favored the Afghan factions who proved themselves most capable in battle. Those factions also happened to be the most committed Islamists. No one dreamed that the holy warriors could ever turn their jihad against the United States.”
Though some speculate the CIA directly armed Osama bin Laden, that is yet to be fully proven or admitted. What is clear is that western media revered him as a valuable fighter against the Soviets, that he arrived to fight in Afghanistan in1980, and that al-Qaeda emerged from the mujahideen, who were beneficiaries of the CIA’s program.
Stanford University has noted that Bin Laden and Abdullah Azzam, a prominent Palestinian cleric, “established Al Qaeda from the fighters, financial resources, and training and recruiting structures left over from the anti-Soviet war.” Much of those “structures” were provided by the agency.
Intentionally or not, the CIA helped fuel the rise of the terror group.
Weiner noted that as the CIA failed in other countries like Libya, by the late 1980s “Only the mujahideen, the Afghan holy warriors, were drawing blood and scenting victory. The CIA’s Afghan operation was now a $700-million-dollar-a-year-program” and represented 80% of the overseas budget of the clandestine services.
“The CIA’s briefing books never answered the question of what would happen when a militant Islamic army defeated the godless invaders of Afghanistan,” though Tom Twetten, “the number two man in the clandestine service in the summer of 1988,” was tasked with figuring out what would happen with the Afghan rebels. “We don’t have any plan,” he concluded.
Apparently failing to learn their lesson, the CIA adopted nearly the exact same policy in Syria decades later, arming what they called “moderate rebels” against the Assad regime. Those groups ultimately aligned with al-Qaeda groups. One CIA-backed faction made headlines last year for beheading a child (though President Trump cut off the CIA program in June, the military continues to align with “moderate” groups).
Unsurprisingly, this list is far from complete. The CIA has engaged in a wide variety of extrajudicial practice, and there are likely countless transgressions we have yet to learn about.
As Donald Trump cheers the birthday of an agency he himself once criticized, it should be abundantly clear that the nation’s covert spy agency deserves scrutiny and skepticism - not celebration.
Comment:Remeber you are watching a 'Horse and Pony' show. Of course a sitting president has to be seen to support the CIA in its current form.
10 Shocking Declassified Secrets
Conspiracy Fact: US Media Royalty Admits To Practicing Occult To Kill Three People September 28 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
The term “Spirit Cooking” made occult rituals mainstream for a brief period last year after WikiLeaks released a trove of emails from the account of Hillary Clinton’s campaign chairman, John Podesta. While a number of celebrities and media moguls were tied to occult practices at the time, recent revelations have added more media royalty to the list.
The name Ben Bradlee may sound familiar, as he was good friends with former President John F. Kennedy, and executive editor of the Washington Post from 1968 to 1991.
Bradlee and his wife, Sally Quinn, were often in the spotlight, and after Kennedy was assassinated, they were even referred to as the “New Camelot.”
While Bradlee died in 2014, Quinn has since taken the time to give insight into the glamorous life lived by the media’s royal couple. However, some of the practices she describes are ones that would normally be written off as crazy conspiracy theories by outlets such as their beloved Washington Post.
However, WaPost actually praised it.
In her latest publication titled, “Finding Magic: A Spiritual Memoir,” Quinn reveals that she believes she has killed at least three people in her lifetime. She claims that while she did not harm anyone physically, she believes strongly in the occult, and has used hexes on people who got on her bad side.
According to a WaPo report on the contents of the memoir, Quinn began believing in spirits, magic and the occult as a child, and she said it stemmed from what she was taught by her mother and other maternal relatives.
She claimed her mother used hexes on people who angered her immensely, such as a veterinarian who would not help their sick dog and an Army doctor who did not provide accurate care for Quinn. In both cases, Quinn wrote that her mother yelled, “I hope you drop dead!” and within days, they did.
“Like mother, like daughter. In some of the most troubling passages of this book, she describes casting hexes on people who later died. One was an attractive young woman who flirted with one of Quinn’s earlier boyfriends.
‘I won’t say exactly what I did - even now I think that would be bad luck for me - but I practiced what I learned and observed. I worked on the hex for several days until I felt that it would have some effect.’
It did, she claims. The woman committed suicide. Quinn vowed never to cast a hex on someone else -a promise she did not keep. When New York magazine wrote an unfavorable profile of her, she ‘decided to put a hex’ on the magazine’s editor, Clay Felker. He later died of cancer.”
Quinn claimed that her third and latest hex was targeted at a psychic who gave her a “devastatingly brutal” reading regarding her son. “I vowed once again never to put another hex on anyone,” she wrote after the woman died of a cerebral hemorrhage. “Believe me, I haven’t, though I have to admit to being sorely tempted on occasion.”
She wrote that she “became more open to certain moments of transcendence” when she was 13 years old and she had a “spiritual experience” that she claims let her see her own future:
"I had the oddest sensation. As if I were watching flashbacks of my life, except I was seeing flash-forwards. My whole emotional future passed before me. ...
It was a true psychic experience. From then on, everything that has happened to me has been something that, no matter how joyful or painful, I have somehow anticipated. Since then, I haven’t had an emotional experience that did not seem already familiar to me.”
The revelations in Quinn’s memoir are incredibly important because of the influence she and her husband had on the media and on the elite society for years. Whether or not the use of a “hex” was responsible for killing all of the victims Quinn mentioned, is irrelevant.
The fact is that the practice is tied to the occult, and the idea - held by someone with such a massive level of societal influence - that the appropriate way to deal with someone who wrongs you is to sentence them to death, should raise some serious questions.
As The Free Thought Project has reported, there are other questionable Occult rituals that go beyond Podesta’s “Spirit Cooking.” In fact, one ritual where adults ingest the blood of the young in order to “increase longevity” is now an actual business in the United States that has attracted the attention of the elite.
Has The New York Times Gone Completely Insane? September 27 2017 | From: TheAntiMedia
Crossing a line from recklessness into madness, The New York Times published a front-page opus suggesting that Russia was behind social media criticism of Hillary Clinton, reports Robert Parry.
For those of us who have taught journalism or worked as editors, a sign that an article is the product of sloppy or dishonest journalism is that a key point will be declared as flat fact when it is unproven or a point in serious dispute – and it then becomes the foundation for other claims, building a story like a high-rise constructed on sand.
This use of speculation as fact is something to guard against particularly in the work of inexperienced or opinionated reporters. But what happens when this sort of unprofessional work tops page one of The New York Times one day as a major “investigative” article and reemerges the next day in even more strident form as a major Times editorial?
Are we dealing then with an inept journalist who got carried away with his thesis or are we facing institutional corruption or even a collective madness driven by ideological fervor?
What is stunning about the lede story in last Friday’s print edition of The New York Times is that it offers no real evidence to support its provocative claim that – as the headline states – “To Sway Vote, Russia Used Army of Fake Americans” or its subhead: “Flooding Twitter and Facebook, Impostors Helped Fuel Anger in Polarized U.S.”
In the old days, this wildly speculative article, which spills over three pages, would have earned an F in a J-school class or gotten a rookie reporter a stern rebuke from a senior editor. But now such unprofessionalism is highlighted by The New York Times, which boasts that it is the standard-setter of American journalism, the nation’s “newspaper of record.”
In this case, it allows reporter Scott Shane to introduce his thesis by citing some Internet accounts that apparently used fake identities, but he ties none of them to the Russian government. Acting like he has minimal familiarity with the Internet – yes, a lot of people do use fake identities – Shane builds his case on the assumption that accounts that cited references to purloined Democratic emails must be somehow from an agent or a bot connected to the Kremlin.
For instance, Shane cites the fake identity of “Melvin Redick,” who suggested on June 8, 2016, that people visit DCLeaks which, a few days earlier, had posted some emails from prominent Americans, which Shane states as fact – not allegation – were “stolen … by Russian hackers.”
Shane then adds, also as flat fact, that “The site’s phony promoters were in the vanguard of a cyberarmy of counterfeit Facebook and Twitter accounts, a legion of Russian-controlled impostors whose operations are still being unraveled.”
“The Russian information attack on the election did not stop with the hacking and leaking of Democratic emails or the fire hose of stories, true, false and in between, that battered Mrs. Clinton on Russian outlets like RT and Sputnik.
Far less splashy, and far more difficult to trace, was Russia’s experimentation on Facebook and Twitter, the American companies that essentially invented the tools of social media and, in this case, did not stop them from being turned into engines of deception and propaganda.”
Besides the obvious point that very few Americans watch RT and/or Sputnik and that Shane offers no details about the alleged falsity of those “fire hose of stories,” let’s examine how his accusations are backed up:
“An investigation by The New York Times, and new research from the cybersecurity firm FireEye, reveals some of the mechanisms by which suspected Russian operators used Twitter and Facebook to spread anti-Clinton messages and promote the hacked material they had leaked.
On Wednesday, Facebook officials disclosed that they had shut down several hundred accounts that they believe were created by a Russian company linked to the Kremlin and used to buy $100,000 in ads pushing divisive issues during and after the American election campaign.
On Twitter, as on Facebook, Russian fingerprints are on hundreds or thousands of fake accounts that regularly posted anti-Clinton messages.”
Note the weasel words: “suspected”; “believe”; ‘linked”; “fingerprints.” When you see such equivocation, it means that these folks – both the Times and FireEye – don’t have hard evidence; they are speculating.
And it’s worth noting that the supposed “army of fake Americans” may amount to hundreds out of Facebook’s two billion or so monthly users and the $100,000 in ads compare to the company’s annual ad revenue of around $27 billion. (I’d do the math but my calculator doesn’t compute such tiny percentages.)
So, this “army” is really not an “army” and we don’t even know that it is “Russian.” But some readers might say that surely we know that the Kremlin did mastermind the hacking of Democratic emails!
That claim is supported by the Jan. 6 “intelligence community assessment” that was the work of what President Obama’s Director of National Intelligence James Clapper called “hand-picked” analysts from three agencies – the Central Intelligence Agency, National Security Agency and Federal Bureau of Investigation. But, as any intelligence expert will tell you, if you hand-pick the analysts, you are hand-picking the conclusions.
Agreeing with Putin
But some still might protest that the Jan. 6 report surely presented convincing evidence of this serious charge about Russian President Vladimir Putin personally intervening in the U.S. election to help put Donald Trump in the White House. Well, as it turns out, not so much, and if you don’t believe me, we can call to the witness stand none other than New York Times reporter Scott Shane.
“What is missing from the [the Jan. 6] public report is what many Americans most eagerly anticipated: hard evidence to back up the agencies’ claims that the Russian government engineered the election attack. …
Instead, the message from the agencies essentially amounts to ‘trust us.’”
So, even Scott Shane, the author of last Friday’s opus, recognized the lack of “hard evidence” to prove that the Russian government was behind the release of the Democratic emails, a claim that both Putin and WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who published a trove of the emails, have denied.
While it is surely possible that Putin and Assange are lying or don’t know the facts, you might think that their denials would be relevant to this lengthy investigative article, which also could have benefited from some mention of Shane’s own skepticism of last January, but, hey, you don’t want inconvenient details to mess up a cool narrative.
Yet, if you struggle all the way to the end of last Friday’s article, you do find out how flimsy the Times’ case actually is. How, for instance, do we know that “Melvin Redick” is a Russian impostor posing as an American? The proof, according to Shane, is that “His posts were never personal, just news articles reflecting a pro-Russian worldview.”
As it turns out, the Times now operates with what must be called a neo-McCarthyistic approach for identifying people as Kremlin stooges, i.e., anyone who doubts the truthfulness of the State Department’s narratives on Syria, Ukraine and other international topics.
Unreliable Source
In the article’s last section, Shane acknowledges as much in citing one of his experts, “Andrew Weisburd, an Illinois online researcher who has written frequently about Russian influence on social media.” Shane quotes Weisburd as admitting how hard it is to differentiate Americans who just might oppose Hillary Clinton because they didn’t think she’d make a good president from supposed Russian operatives: “Trying to disaggregate the two was difficult, to put it mildly.”
According to Shane;
“Mr. Weisburd said he had labeled some Twitter accounts ‘Kremlin trolls’ based simply on their pro-Russia tweets and with no proof of Russian government ties. The Times contacted several such users, who insisted that they had come by their anti-American, pro-Russian views honestly, without payment or instructions from Moscow.”
One of Weisburd’s “Kremlin trolls” turned out to be 66-year-old Marilyn Justice who lives in Nova Scotia and who somehow reached the conclusion that “Hillary’s a warmonger.” During the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia, she reached another conclusion: that U.S. commentators were exhibiting a snide anti-Russia bias perhaps because they indeed were exhibiting a snide anti-Russia bias.
Shane tracked down another “Kremlin troll,” 48-year-old Marcel Sardo, a web producer in Zurich, Switzerland, who dares to dispute the West’s groupthink that Russia was responsible for shooting down Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 over Ukraine on July 17, 2014, and the State Department’s claims that the Syrian government used sarin gas in a Damascus suburb on Aug. 21, 2013.
Presumably, if you don’t toe the line on those dubious U.S. government narratives, you are part of the Kremlin’s propaganda machine. (In both cases, there actually are serious reasons to doubt the Western groupthinks which again lack real evidence.)
But Shane accuses Sardo and his fellow-travelers of spreading “what American officials consider to be Russian disinformation on election hacking, Syria, Ukraine and more.” In other words, if you examine the evidence on MH-17 or the Syrian sarin case and conclude that the U.S. government’s claims are dubious if not downright false, you are somehow disloyal and making Russian officials “gleeful at their success,” as Shane puts it.
But what kind of a traitor are you if you quote Shane’s initial judgment after reading the Jan. 6 report on alleged Russian election meddling? What are you if you agree with his factual observation that the report lacked anything approaching “hard evidence”? That’s a point that also dovetails with what Vladimir Putin has been saying – that “IP addresses can be simply made up. … This is no proof”?
So is Scott Shane a “Kremlin troll,” too? Should the Times immediately fire him as a disloyal foreign agent? What if Putin says that 2 plus 2 equals 4 and your child is taught the same thing in elementary school, what does that say about public school teachers?
Out of such gibberish come the evils of McCarthyism and the death of the Enlightenment. Instead of encouraging a questioning citizenry, the new American paradigm is to silence debate and ridicule anyone who steps out of line.
You might have thought people would have learned something from the disastrous groupthink about Iraqi WMD, a canard that the Times and most of the U.S. mainstream media eagerly promoted.
But if you’re feeling generous and thinking that the Times’ editors must have been chastened by their Iraq-WMD fiasco but perhaps had a bad day last week and somehow allowed an egregious piece of journalism to lead their front page, your kind-heartedness would be shattered on Saturday when the Times’ editorial board penned a laudatory reprise of Scott Shane’s big scoop.
Stripping away even the few caveats that the article had included, the Times’ editors informed us that “a startling investigation by Scott Shane of The New York Times, and new research by the cybersecurity firm FireEye, now reveal, the Kremlin’s stealth intrusion into the election was far broader and more complex, involving a cyberarmy of bloggers posing as Americans and spreading propaganda and disinformation to an American electorate on Facebook, Twitter and other platforms. …
“Now that the scheming is clear, Facebook and Twitter say they are reviewing the 2016 race and studying how to defend against such meddling in the future. … Facing the Russian challenge will involve complicated issues dealing with secret foreign efforts to undermine American free speech.”
But what is the real threat to “American free speech”? Is it the possibility that Russia – in a very mild imitation of what the U.S. government does all over the world – used some Web sites clandestinely to get out its side of various stories, an accusation against Russia that still lacks any real evidence?
Or is the bigger threat that the nearly year-long Russia-gate hysteria will be used to clamp down on Americans who dare question fact-lite or fact-free Official Narratives handed down by the State Department and The New York Times?
Sloppy U.S. Spies Misused A Covert Network For Personal Shopping - And Other Stories From Internal NSA Documents September 27 2017 | From: TheIntercept
NSA agents successfully targeted “the entire business chain” connecting foreign cafes to the internet, bragged about an “all-out effort” to spy on liberated Iraq, and began systematically trying to break into virtual private networks, according to a set of internal agency news reports dating to the first half of 2005.
In this May 1, 2003 file photo, President George W. Bush gives a “thumbs-up” sign after declaring the end of major combat in Iraq as he speaks aboard the aircraft carrier USS Abraham Lincoln off the California coast
British spies, meanwhile, were made to begin providing new details about their informants via a system of “Intelligence Source Descriptors” created in response to intelligence failures in Iraq. Hungary and the Czech Republic pulled closer to the National Security Agency.
And future Intercept backer Pierre Omidyar visited NSA headquarters for an internal conference panel on “human networking” and open-source intelligence.
These stories and more are contained in a batch of 294 articles from SIDtoday, the internal news website of the NSA’s core Signals Intelligence Directorate. The Intercept is publishing the articles in redacted form as part of an ongoing project to release material from the files provided by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden.
In addition to the aforementioned highlights, summarized in further detail below, the documents show how the NSA greatly expanded a secret eavesdropping partnership with Ethiopia’s draconian security forces in the Horn of Africa, as detailed in an investigation by longtime Intercept contributor Nick Turse.
They describe the NSA’s operations at a base in Digby, England, where the agency worked with its British counterpart GCHQ to help direct drones in the Middle East and tap into communications through the Arab Spring uprisings, according to a separate article by Intercept reporter Ryan Gallagher.
And they show how the NSA and GCHQ thwarted encryption systems used to protect peer-to-peer file sharing through the apps Kazaa and eDonkey, as explained here by Intercept technologist Micah Lee.
NSA did not comment for this article.
American Intelligence Agents Outed Themselves Online
Members of the U.S. intelligence community routinely thwarted a system designed to mask their identities online by using it for personal shopping and to log on to websites, according to an NSA information technology manager.
The system, called “AIRGAP,” was run by “one of the world’s largest ISPs” and created around 1998 at the behest of the NSA, according to NSA Internet Program Manager Charlie Speight, writing in SIDtoday. Its purpose was to allow “non-attribution internet access,” Speight added, meaning that intelligence analysts could surf the internet without revealing that they were coming from U.S. spy agencies. By 2005, it was used by the whole U.S. intelligence community.
One early concern about the firewall was that it funneled all internet traffic through a single IP address, meaning that if any activity on the address was revealed to be associated with U.S. spies, a broad swath of other activity could then be attributed to other U.S. spies.
More IP addresses were subsequently added, but “occasionally we find that the ISP reverts to one address, or does not effectively rotate those assigned,” Speight wrote.
Speight added that the “greater security concern” was the very intelligence agents the system was designed to protect.
“Despite rules and warnings to the contrary, all too frequently users will use AIRGAP for registering on web sites or for services, logging into other sites and services and even ordering personal items from on-line vendors,” Speight wrote in a classified passage.
“By doing so, these users reveal information about themselves and, potentially, other users on the network. So much for ‘non-attribution.'”
This sort of sloppiness mirrors behavior that has undermined Russian intelligence operatives. A slide presentation by Canadian intelligence, dating to 2011 or later, labeled as “morons” members of a Russian hacking group code-named “MAKERSMARK,” who thwarted a “really well-designed” system to hide their identities by using it to log on to their personal social and email accounts.
Edward Snowden: The Deep State & Revolution - Why we need to become Active Today
The two situations are not perfectly comparable; the U.S. system was managed as part of a network for obtaining unclassified information, while the Russian system was used for the more sensitive activity of staging hack attacks.
But Speight hinted at aggressive use of the U.S. system, writing in his piece that the NSA had begun “using AIRGAP for reasons and in volumes not intended in its formation” - the agency thus began developing its own separate firewall.
The NSA had systems with the same goal as AIRGAP - anonymization - but for phone calls. According to a February 2005 SIDtoday article, the NSA controlled 40,000 telephone numbers, but these were almost all prefixed with area- and exchange-code combinations that were publicly associated with the agency.
An analyst who needed to make a public phone call without leaking their affiliation could use “anonymous telephones,” most of them registered to Department of Defense, or “cover telephones,” registered using alias names and P.O. boxes. No security protocol lapses were described in connection with the old-fashioned voice networks.
Iraqi youth surf the web at an internet cafe in Baghdad’s impoverished district of Sadr City, Nov. 15 2007
NSA Targeted “the Entire Business Chain” to Spy on Internet Cafes
While hiding, or at least trying to hide, its own online operations, the NSA launched an all-encompassing campaign to trace online activity in internet cafes, down to specific seats.
A program called “MASTERSHAKE” accomplished this by exploiting equipment used by the cafes, including satellite internet modems, according to top-secret information reported by SIDtoday.
“MASTERSHAKE targets the entire business chain, from manufacturer to Internet café installation, to ascertain any and all available data regarding … geolocation, the network connectivity of the modem, as well as the actual physical location of the installation,” according to SIDtoday.
MASTERSHAKE data was “enriched” with other information, including “geolocatable phone events,” as well as intelligence from throughout the NSA’s Signals Intelligence Directorate and from the agency’s XKeyscore search system.
The NSA knew the precise location of over 400 internet cafes. For over 50 of these cafes, it could locate a target to a specific seat within the cafe. One goal of the monitoring was to hunt down Al Qaeda leaders, like Abu Musab al-Zarqawi.
SIDtoday focused on the use of MASTERSHAKE in Iraq, describing an incident in the city of Ramadi where two “counterterrorism targets” began using a messenger service at an internet cafe, and “within about 15 minutes the two men were arrested.” But it also indicated the system was used more broadly, “in the Middle East and Africa.”
As the Intercept previously reported, the NSA has surveilled internet cafes in Yemen, Afghanistan, Syria, Lebanon, and Iran, as detailed in agency documents.
Sunni Arab member of Iraqi Transitional National Assembly and a candidate for the post of parliament speaker Misha’an al-Juburi speaks on the phone April 2, 2005 in Baghdad
An “All-Out Effort” To Spy on Liberated Iraq
The NSA’s surveillance against Iraqis went far beyond cafe computers. Two years after President George W. Bush’s infamous “Mission Accomplished” speech and a year after the Coalition Provisional Authority handed over the reins to the Iraqi Interim Government, the agency was trying to tap the nation’s communications - and enlist friendly Iraqis and the new government to do likewise.
In a top-secret SIDtoday report, an NSA “data acquisition lead” in Baghdad described “an all-out effort to penetrate Iraqi networks using everything in the tool box of the most sophisticated SIGINT agency in the world.” The “very forward-leaning and aggressive” collection effort brought “our technology to bear at the optimum access points” in the country.
The identity of those access points is hinted at by the list of people the NSA staffer met with as the “field rep on a number of projects”: “Iraqi government personnel engaged in telecommunications and IT issues for Iraq; small and medium sized Iraqi communications contractors; the CEO’s and Chief Technical Officers of the major Iraqi telecommunications service providers; [and] Iraqi cabinet level officials,” among others.
Another article confirmed the NSA was spying on Iraqi telecommunications, describing a “dramatic drop” in information the agency collected from links carrying mobile phone traffic between Fallujah and northern Baghdad and a consequent gap in intelligence gathering. A team from the NSA and CIA was able to restore the collection within two weeks by targeting microwave signals carrying the traffic.
In addition to its own electronic spying within Iraq, the NSA sought to rebuild the country’s ability to spy on itself through another joint project with the CIA, along with GCHQ. The Western intelligence entities would build a new Iraqi spy agency, dubbed the Iraq SIGINT Element, according to another SIDtoday article.
The Iraqi SIGINT Element’s expertise would come, of course, from veterans of Saddam Hussein’s regime; the NSA and GCHQ made a list of candidates “gleaned from years of targeting the Iraqi civil and military SIGINT units,” SIDtoday reported. The former targets were the new recruits.
The CIA assisted in the vetting process with polygraphers, psychologists, and background checks, and the NSA trained the selected candidates on “how we do SIGINT.” The new intelligence agents’ first assignment was to find communications of former Saddam “elements” and insurgents in Baghdad. They went covertly into Baghdad neighborhoods, which U.S. and U.K. forces were unable to do.
It was at the behest of the director of central intelligence that the NSA “moved aggressively to help [Iraq] establish and enhance their signals intelligence capabilities,” SIDtoday reported separately. A similar effort was underway in Afghanistan. “Both relationships come with risks, but the overall benefit to U.S. objectives in the region outweighs these risks,” wrote an NSA foreign affairs staff officer.
An Iraqi soldier checks the detonator on spot where an improvised explosive device blew up as a convoy of the 1st battalion 327th infantry regiment was driving along a country road on the outskirts of the northern city of Hawija, Dec. 25, 2005
Targeting Bombers in Iraq
Mass surveillance efforts in Iraq were part of a broader NSA effort to address the consequences of the coalition’s victory over Saddam Hussein. Immediately after the Ba’athist government fell to the invading forces in 2003, signals intelligence collection on the regime ceased to exist.
NSA staff, some of whom had been monitoring the country for more than a decade, woke up to “no more audio cuts, no more transcripts … no more product reports,” according to an account in SIDtoday.
One official wondered, “Will we lose resources because of our success?” Postwar insurgency and sectarian strife ensured this was not the case.
For example, an NSA team set about thwarting detonation systems for bombs set by insurgents. The bombs, known within the U.S. military as improvised explosive devices, were triggered from a distance, often using high-powered cordless phone systems, in which a common base station, controlled by a triggerman, connects to a cluster of wireless handsets.
The team devised a way to locate triggermen: Intercepting and identifying security codes emitted by captured handsets. The codes, intended to tether a handset to a particular base station, could then be used to locate base stations, resulting in military targeting and “hopefully, the IED makers neutralized,” SIDtoday stated.
The NSA may have had a chance to deploy this technique at the end of January 2005, when Iraq’s first parliamentary elections took place. An article in SIDtoday said that signals intelligence helped prevent 50 to 60 suicide bombers from making it into polling centers. Still, 285 other insurgent attacks occurred that day, and CNN reported several incidents of suicide bombings that hit police officers and Iraqis waiting to vote.
How British Spies Were Made To Atone for Bad Iraq Intel
In Iraq and elsewhere, the NSA expanded the scope of its intelligence sharing to U.S. government “customers,” as described in a January 2005 article, in which an NSA staffer in Baghdad read a new sharing guideline aloud to a hesitant colleague: “It’s OK to talk about, show and share evaluated, minimized unpublished SIGINT to customers/partners in order to facilitate analytic collaboration.”
Even amid the aggressive intelligence sharing, the NSA was taking note of what could happen when such sharing went terribly wrong. A SIDtoday story about a British government inquiry into prewar intelligence on Iraq, the Butler Review, describes how the U.K.’s signals intelligence agency GCHQ was now required to provide “Intelligence Source Descriptors” on all intel reports.
This requirement came in response to the finding that the British foreign spying agency, MI6, did not adequately check human sources and relied on third-hand reporting about Iraqi chemical weapons, including “seriously flawed” information from “another country’s intelligence service.”
The new British source descriptors would include identification of sources by name or role along with judgments on whether the source had direct or indirect access to the information reported. The GCHQ descriptor would also indicate whether a source is “reliable,” “unknown,” or “uncertain” as to reliability. “There are no plans at present to use a like program on NSA reports,” SIDtoday reported.
Despite reporting on fallout from the U.K. postwar review, SIDtoday did not cover a U.S. presidential commission that prominently reported in March 2005 on how the American intelligence community was “dead wrong” in its prewar assessment of weapons of mass destruction in Iraq.
The Czech External Intelligence Service Headquarters (ÚZSI)
NSA Works with Hungary, Pakistan, Ethiopia - and an Eager Czech Republic
In parallel with its efforts to share information with more U.S. government and intelligence agencies, the NSA also forged connections with foreign partners whose collaboration would have, in previous decades, seemed inconceivable.
In early 2005, the NSA entered into a partnership with Hungary’s Military Intelligence Office, inviting the spy agency to “work with NSA as part of our extended SIGINT enterprise,” according to SIDtoday, and “write SIGINT reports for dissemination through the NSA system to our intelligence community customers.” The partnership allowed the NSA to tap into the Hungarian agency’s “unique access to Serbian and Ukrainian military targets.”
A contemporaneous NSA visit to the Czech Republic, as described in SIDtoday, showed how such “third party” partnerships can come to fruition. The trip was conducted to establish whether the NSA should partner with the Czech External Intelligence Service, or ÚZSI, which wanted to tap NSA expertise “on many technical issues.” In order to win over the Americans, spy agency “personnel essentially opened the door to their SIGINT vault,” displaying an “exceptional degree of openness.”
The NSA team came away impressed, judging ÚZSI “exceptionally good at analysis of material associated with Russian [counterintelligence] targets,” and impressed with the agency’s “very good analytic effort against Russian and Ukrainian HF networks” and “overall levels of sophistication, knowledge, practical experience, ingenuity and enthusiasm that allow them to overcome many financial and equipment shortfalls.”
Perhaps best of all, ÚZSI “has not requested financial support from the NSA.” The Czech Republic eventually became a third-party partner.
A March 2005 SIDtoday article, summarizing a briefing from the NSA’s principal director for foreign affairs, alluded to agency “relationships” with Pakistan and Ethiopia, “work” with Iraq (discussed elsewhere in this article) and Afghanistan, and a “multinational collaboration in the Pacific.”
More generally, third parties became vital at this time simply for providing additional staffing and coverage. For instance, after the U.S. closed several bases, the NSA developed a reliance on third-party partners to participate in High Frequency Directional Finding networks for locating the origins of targeted radio signals.
And the U.S. partnered with Hungary’s military intelligence organization in part because it “has been instrumental in providing intelligence that answers high-priority CIA and DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) requirements that NSA would otherwise not be able to answer due to manpower constraints.”
Intercept Backer Spoke at NSA Headquarters
Back in the U.S., the NSA’s post-9/11 “transformation,” initiated by Director Michael Hayden, promoted information sharing and collaboration to the traditionally closed community at Fort Meade. Invitations to participate at agency seminars and conferences were made not just to partners from the intelligence and military communities, but also to members of private industry and academia.
An announcement in SIDtoday for the third annual Analysis Conference from the NSA’s Analysis and Production division proclaimed the need to “keep communications open and leverage our partners’ insights.” Speakers at the May 2005 event, held at agency headquarters, included authors, U.S. senators, corporate executives, and journalists.
One “high-powered panel” at the conference on “human networking” featured eBay founder Pierre Omidyar, who would go on to provide funding for The Intercept, which covers and is frequently critical of the NSA.
A separate SIDtoday article touting the panel indicated that corporate anthropologist Karen Stephenson and Wired founding executive editor Kevin Kelly also participated and that panelists were recruited through the Global Business Network, a consulting firm specializing in scenario-based forecasting.
The GBN had been asked to harness its network of experts, “most of whom have had no previous involvement with the intelligence community,” to apply strategies from “the competitive marketplace” to NSA challenges.
Omidyar told The Intercept that the GBN:
“Asked me to participate in an unclassified meeting at NSA headquarters at Fort Meade on the topic of ‘open source’ intelligence. My recollection of the people I met there is that they were very smart and genuinely interested in bringing outside ideas into the agency. I stayed involved with the GBN for some time after that meeting but when they approached me many months later to participate in additional meetings with the NSA, I declined.
The invitation was made after news broke in December 2005 about the agency’s ‘warrantless wiretapping’ - and those events were deeply concerning to me. In addition, I didn’t have anything else to add beyond what I had already shared. I was not asked to meet with the NSA again after declining that invitation.”
Omidyar said he was not paid for his appearance.
India tested its medium-range submarine-launched ballistic missile system. It was launched from a secret location in the Bay of Bengal from a depth of 50 meters
Advanced Word on Indian Nuclear Weapons
A series of nuclear weapons tests conducted by India in the spring of 1998 took the intelligence community by surprise, prompting an internal investigation into why these tests had not been foreseen; a subsequent report was harshly critical of the U.S. intelligence community. A similar lapse in data gathering would not happen again in 2005.
An Australian NSA site, RAINFALL, isolated a signal it suspected was associated with an Indian nuclear facility, according to SIDtoday. Collaboration between RAINFALL and two NSA stations in Thailand (INDRA and LEMONWOOD) confirmed the source of the signals and allowed for the interception of information about several new Indian missile initiatives.
Although these missile systems did not come to public attention for several more years (the Sagarika submarine-launched ballistic missile was first tested in 2008), the NSA’s access to these signals gave them foreknowledge of their Third Party SIGINT partner’s (see last image) actions.
Attacking VPNs
An NSA working group focused on virtual private networks, or VPNs, was established in November 2004 to “conduct systematic and thorough SIGINT Development of VPN communications (typically encrypted),” SIDtoday reported - meaning that the agency wanted to break into the networks.
The group published regular “VPN Target Activity Reports” on a large number of countries throughout Europe, the Middle East, North Africa, Russia, and China, as well as “specific financial, governmental, communication service providers and international organizations.” These reports may help analysts “exploit targets’ VPNs more successfully.”
Women at the NSA
Sonia Kovalevsky Days take place at schools and colleges nationwide, with competitions and talks to encourage young women to pursue careers in mathematics. Although the events’ namesake was a radical socialist and pioneering female mathematician, members of the NSA’s Women in Mathematics Society participated as part of the agency’s effort to recruit more female mathematicians.
The NSA believed itself to be the largest employer of mathematicians in the country, but between 1987 to 1993, only one of the 30 math Ph.D.s the agency hired identified as a woman, and only 26 percent of women hired into the agency’s mathematics community had an advanced degree, according to SIDtoday.
After the Women in Mathematics Society was formed, from 1994 through 2005, about 38 percent of women mathematicians hired into NSA had a doctoral degree and 27 percent held a master’s degree.
Hold the Spam, Please
“Spam affects NSA by impeding our collection, processing and storage of [Digital Network Intelligence] traffic,” said the author of a February 2005 SIDtoday article. “Unfortunately, filtering out spam has proven to be an extremely difficult and cumbersome task.”According to the author, analysts developed technology that tagged “an average of 150,000 spam sessions a day,” which greatly reduced the amount of spam that shows up in “daily searches” of intercepted emails.
Correction: September 13, 2017, 9:15 p.m. - Due to an editing error, an earlier version of this story gave an incorrect year for the NSA’s third annual Analysis Conference; the event occurred in May 2005, not May 2015.
Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview With The Health Ranger September 26 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Various
Geoengineering expert and weather control analyst Dane Wigington unloads the true globalist agenda behind weather control technology in a fascinating one-hour interview with the Health Ranger of Natural News.
The interview covers the existence of weather engineering technology, who controls it, how it’s deployed and why the United States is being targeted now that President Trump is in the White House.
“Geoengineering” refers to alterations of the atmosphere, a subject that’s openly endorsed by Harvard scientists and mainstream researchers. Geoengineering experience, in fact, are being openly conducted by academic scientists right now in an effort to dim the sun and initiate “global cooling.”
Dane Wigington of GeoengineeringWatch.org explains that geoengineering technology has advanced far beyond the application of particulate matter into the atmosphere. According to Wigington, advanced technology can now augment and steer large weather systems into their intended targets.
This, he explains, enables globalist camps to “weaponize” weather systems and transform them into weapons of mass destruction.
As revealed in the interview, below, the key advantage of weaponized weather systems is that their hugely destructive effects - over $90 billion in damage in Houston alone from Hurricane Harvey - can simply be blamed on Mother Nature.
Weather weapons are, in effect, covert weapons where even the victims who have been struck by the weapon have no idea they’ve been deliberately targeted in a kinetic assault.
Additionally, it is common knowledge that scientists actively engineer almost everything else, including food and water. As I wrote in Natural News:
“Many people find it difficult to believe that weather systems can be engineered, yet they readily accept the reality that the food supply is genetically engineered.
Municipal water systems are engineered and altered with fluoride and chlorine. The global money supply is engineered and heavily manipulated by central banks. All the news that appears in the corporate-run media is, of course, engineered to broadcast outright lies such as “the Russians stole the election.”
Human biology is engineered and altered by prescription pharmaceuticals, and even brain function is altered and engineered by psychiatric drugs.
Heavy metals such as uranium and plutonium have been engineered into atomic weapons, so why is it so difficult to believe that weather systems could also be engineered through advanced technology?"
Watch the full interview with Dane Wigington here:
Judicial Watch Emails Show Hillary Invited Vladimir Putin To Clinton Foundation Gala
& Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA September 26 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / TheGatewayPundit
Shocking emails obtained by conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch show that Hillary Clinton invited Vladimir Putin to a Clinton Foundation gala back in 2009.
Just a couple months into Hillary Clinton’s term as Secretary of State, the Clinton Foundation invited Vladimir Putin and other leaders to the Clinton Global Initiative’s 2009 annual gathering.
The email containing the list of leaders who were invited was forwarded in March of 2009 from the Director of Foreign Policy of the Clinton Foundation Amitabh Desai to former Assistant Secretary of State Andrew Shapiro. Shapiro then forwarded it to Hillary’s foreign policy advisor Jake Sullivan showing a conflict of interest between the Clinton Foundation and the federal government.
Hillary Clinton was also seeking to ‘reset’ relations with Russia at this time. Remember that cheap plastic ‘reset’ button she handed the Russian Foreign Minister that actually said ‘overcharged’? What a disaster!
What about Hillary’s Uranium deal with Russia? Nearly 20% of the U.S.’s Uranium assets were sold to Russia while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State in exchange for $150 million to the Clinton Foundation.
Bill Clinton also gave a speech to the Russia-based Renaissance Capital in Moscow on June 29, 2010.
Bill Clinton spoke in Moscow for one hour for half a million dollars. (Breitbart)
But the media has pushed a Trump-Russia collusion conspiracy theory for almost a year with zero proof.
Hillary Clinton used this projection technique on her opponent by acting like she was ‘anti-Putin’ and ‘anti-Russia’ while claiming Trump was somehow colluding with them.
Hillary Clinton was good friends with the Russians and Vladimir Putin until she no longer saw a way to profit off of them financially. She then turned them into the ‘boogie man’ in order to blame her loss on something and delegitimize President Trump.
What a truly sick woman. Thank God she lost the election. We really dodged a bullet.
There’s Something Wrong With Hillary
How is this dangerous sociopath still at large?
Hillary Clinton is like herpes. She’s painful, embarrassing, and won’t go away. Herpes Hillary. She’s a dangerous sociopath who needs to be locked up.
Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA
Hillary, who long during the campaign trail condemned “dark-money” Super-PACs, has funneled over 800K from her Campaign over to one of these very same outfits.
It has been revealed that the failed presidential candidate’s Super-PAC, “Onward Together”, is heavily backing “resistance” and Alt-Left extremist groups such as ANTIFA.
In building investigations, Daily Caller first discovered that Hillary transferred a mass sum of money from her campaign over to Onward Together:
“Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed 2016 presidential campaign to Onward Together shortly before announcing the group’s launch in May, documents the campaign filed with the FEC reveal."
Now, today, it has been revealed by Offended America exactly where that money is going:
“Daily Caller reached out to five different Antifa linked groups, and only one was willing to deny donations from Onward Together. Soros-linked group, Indivisible, denied receiving financial support from Clinton or Onward Together.
“Onward Together has not given any financial support to us,” Helen Kalla, an Indivisible spokesperson, wrote to Daily Caller.
Kalla added that Clinton’s group has “been amplifying and highlighting our work through their digital networks,” which she explained has consisted of “retweeting [Indivisible], and they’ve highlighted our work via their emails to their list too.”
According to Federal Election Commission documents, Hillary Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed political campaign “Hillary for America” to her new Super-PAC “Onward Together”, before she announced the existence of the PAC in May, 2017.
Amid other disturbing details, it’s now been revealed that “Onward Together” is a 501(c)4 “Social Welfare” organization, which means that it’s not required to disclose many of the details of its operations to the public or disclose who its donors are.
By receiving campaign funds, and then furnishing the funds to Antifa terrorist groups, Clinton may have implicated many of her supported in a crime.
Hillary Clinton, now too old to run for office, will go back to doing what she’s always done best, round up money from anonymous sources, and then use that money to influence elections and peddle power."
How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead September 25 2017 | From: The current reality of man is heavily controlled by words. As a result of that, words play a big role in shaping the reality and culture of man.
Besides shaping the reality and culture of man, words also play an important role in trade. Some of the most important words used in the business of trading goods and services are related to the name.
Your name plays a very important role in your life because it allows others to identify you and communicate with you. Furthermore, it allows you to operate in the realm of commerce and fiction, making it easier for you to trade goods and services with people not living close to you.
Having a name can be a wonderful thing but if you do not know how to use it wisely, it can be a curse and prevent you from living a happy life. One of the ways that your name can curse you is when you allow it to bond to your mind too deeply, causing you to think that your name is who you really are.
Your name has the power to trick your mind because it is made up of sigils (letters). Because of this, it is important to use your name wisely, so you do not become a victim of your name.
When you do not know how to use your name wisely, the Dark Magicians or the Elite can use it to imprison your body, mind and soul in the "land" of the legally DEAD. The best time to trick you to "live" in the land of the legally dead or the "sea" of the legally dead is on the day your mother gave "birth" to you.
How You Were Tricked to Live in the Land of the Legally Dead
The contract that the government used to trick your mother and father to agree to allow you to live in the "land" or "sea" of the legally dead is the birth certificate. This certificate is actually a certificate of a dead baby, which is why it has a legal name written on it.
It is interesting to know that when you look up the word birth in A Dictionary of Law (1889), it tells you to "see Abandon, 2 (2)". The word abandon in section 2 (2) is defined by A Dictionary of Law (1889) using these exact words: "The act of a parent in exposing an infant of tender years (usually under seven) in any place, with intent wholly to desert it."
Based on the definition in the previous paragraph, when your mother gave birth to you and your parents signed the birth certificate with your name on it, they unknowingly agreed to abandon you. This allowed the State to claim "you" as its property and ship "you" to the land of the legally dead (legal fiction).
Be aware that the word birth sounds almost identical to the word berth. Because they sound nearly identical, a judge or government agent can use them to trick you to think that he is talking about birth when he is actually talking about berth and vice versa. The word berth is defined as "sufficient space for a vessel to maneuver; sea room" or "a space for a vessel to dock or anchor".
Here is an excerpt from my Amazon best seller book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words that reveals how words are used to deceive you:
"When a ship is in the process of being docked, it is being guided to come to berth. The word berth is defined as “a space for a vessel to dock or anchor”.33 Based on this information, when a product is unloaded onto the dock, it just went through the berthing process, which is the process of delivering the product from the vessel/ship onto the dock.
Phonetically, the word berth sounds like the word birth. This is why when a woman is in the process of giving birth, she is said to be delivering a baby. The birthing process of a baby is related to the process of delivering a product on a ship. Every woman has a body.
Another word for body is vessel. A vessel can also be called a ship. The words body, vessel, and ship can all mean the same thing and be used to represent a woman’s body. This is why a ship is often referred to as “she” and the main ship is often called the “mother ship”.
To connect the dots, the process of a woman giving birth can also be defined as the process of delivering or berthing a product of a ship. Metaphorically speaking, the product is the baby and the ship is the woman’s body.
When you compare all the information that you just read about commerce and the sea business to the process of birthing a baby, you will see a strong connection between the berthing process of a ship and the birthing process of a baby.
By spelling the words berth and birth slightly different and making them sound almost the same, the Dark Forces and their minions (the Dark Magicians) can trick you to agree to be a product of a ship, so that they can have jurisdiction over you.
They know that they can not have jurisdiction over the real you (the living, breathing man or woman made of flesh and blood), which is why they need you to consent to be an artificial person, so that they can treat you like a product and make money by selling you on the stock market."
The process of tricking you to agree to be an artificial person is mostly done through the legal system, which is the system that deals with the DEAD. The legal system is controlled by the Vatican of the Holy Roman Empire, one of the biggest practitioners of magic spells.
The legal system is obsessed with magic spells, because certain magic spells have the power to summon the dead. This is why before a judge (also known as a magistrate/magi-strate, which is a magician) demands you to appear in court, a court agent needs to serve you a summons letter.
When a court agent serves you a summons letter, the first question he asks you is often related to your legal name, which 99 percent of the time is written in all capital letters on legal documents. For example, the court agent may ask you the question "are you JOHN DOE?"
If you were to answer yes to being your legal name and accept the summons letter, you would basically agree to play the role of a dead character. This occurs because the legal name is not living; instead it is a fictitious entity that has no life force of its own. As a result of that, it is as dead as a fictional character in a storybook.
The summons letter is used to summon the dead using you (the living man or woman) as the medium. This is why a court agent has to serve you a summons letter with your legal name on it before a judge can demand you to appear in court.
To connect the dots, when you accept a summons letter, whether you realize it or not, you agree to raise the dead so you can play the role of a dead character. In other words, you agree to be a zombie. This is why it is called a summons letter. What do witches do when they want to communicate with dead spirits? They summon them using certain magic spells.
Have you seen the TV series The Walking Dead? In this TV series, the zombies represent the sheeple who do not even realize that they are legally dead. In other words, from the perspective of the the Dark Magicians, you are the walking dead, get it? The zombie apocalypse is not something that could happen in the future. It is already here because the people are, in a sense, the walking dead!
To learn how to free yourself from the land or sea of the legally dead, you need to learn how to use words wisely. Furthermore, you need to learn how to use the power of Natural Law to exercise your natural rights. To learn how to do these things, visit my website EsotericKnowledge.me and become a member.
New DNA Evidence Nazca Humanoid Specimens Are Real September 25 2017 | From: ExoNews
Transcript/extract of segments of the lecture given by Mr. Maussan on September 20, 2017 at the Ufology World Congress in Montserrat, Spain:
Mr. Jaime Maussan: On September 5, the results of DNA analysis of the BioTecMol laboratory arrived. I gave the samples to them on June 15. Tests were carried out to arrive at an extraordinary conclusion: 30% of this DNA is similar to the human being, but 70% is not. As it is the report of a laboratory says that surely they are of bacterial origin.
Scientist-World's Largest Egyptian Obelisk Not Of Human Origin
However, in a more detailed analysis, it was found that only 20% is of bacterial origin and 80% of that 70% it was not possible to establish its origin or find another species on Earth that shares it. About 2,000,000 more sequences need to be determined and this will take from 6 months to 1 year aprox. These are preliminary results.
Biologist Ricardo Rangel (shown in a video interview by Mr. Maussan): Some 600,000 sequences / molecules with an approximate length of 150 nucleotides have been obtained through a massive sequencing process. Of the 4 samples that have been studied, between 19% and 30% of similarities to the human genome have been identified.
We have tried to compare databases using a progran known as BLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool), an international database based on the complete human genome and other organisms and more than 2000 micro organisms, of bacteria.
Sequences have not been found to have significant similarity to the human genome. Nor have they been found to have no similarities with the bacterial genome. We are comparing with animals like primates, the crocodile, the sea turtle to see if there are similarities and the results is that so far with the database we have there is no similarity. We still have a lot more DNA to sequence which will take us at least 6 months to 1 year.
Dr. José de Jesús Salce, forensic medicine teacher for the Mexican Navy, has been contributing to this research in a personal capacity and referring about the smaller species (not about the larger specimen called “Maria”): “The location of the foramen magnum is interesting.
The base of the skull has a square, cubic shape when in most primates, if it is not round, it is oval. It would be the first time that we are observing a species with a large hole of cubic form with edges of a square type. The foramen magnum is located exactly in the middle of the skull or in the middle segment and not in the posterior or posterior third segment as usually occurs.
In a human being the viewing angle is an average of 140 degrees. Here, the position of the orbital spaces tells us about the possibility of having a wider viewing range of perhaps 180 degrees. The bone structure would allow a greater amplitude of the human being.
The oral cavity again emphasizes that it has a very small jaw would only allow swallowing but not chewing and we see the pneumatization (black spaces that are trabeculae or spaces in the bone that are probably pneumatized. They give lightness to the skull.
However, it does not diminish its capacity of resistance, that is to say, it remains rigid and resistant but is lighter, In addition, if they were to be pneumatized, this could favor the resonance of the skull, a resonance of a very weak sound that would be ultra sonic or sub sonic.
If the alteration had been made in life we would see the traces of surgery. And, if the alteration had been made after death, the tissue is not alive and therefore would not have regenerated and would not have regained its shape and the scars and the points of union would be noticed.
Regarding “Maria” the larger specimen, it is not possible (that two fingers in each hand have been cut and that phalanxes have been added) because the length of each bone is specific and this would give us traces that have been modified, cut or added. However, the anatomical correspondence between each bone and the relationship between them determines that it is not possible to alter or falsify these hands.”
Dr Raymundo Salas, Peruvian radiologist and expert in Tomography with 35 years of service said in a video tapoed interview that he determined that “María” (the larger specimen) had been a living being. She has internal organs (unlike mumies), perhaps even ovaries.
The roots of the phalanxes in the feet show that it would not have been possible to alter the feet. The tomography shown no mutilation. Also, the bones in the hands which are unusualy large (20 cm) connect with each other perfectly well and neither “Maria” nor “Wawita” (a similar mummy but of a 1 year old once living being) show signs of manipulation. T
he larger mummy “María” has a gynecoid pelvis but the sex of smaller mummy “Wawita” has not been determined. Dr. Salas said that the skulls (cephalic perimeter) are somewhat larger than normal and elongated.
In a video taped interview of Dr. Edson Salazar Vivanco (a Peruvian surgeon), Dr. Salazar Vivanco explained that: One of the small bodies (the decapitated body) has prominence in the iliac crest, absence of pubic bone, prominent clavicle, a single bone in the forearm that in the human we have the ulna and the radius, presence of carpal bone and 3 phalanges in 3 fingers.
In the leg below the knee a single bone instead of the tibia and fibula. In the tarsus of the feet a single bone joined to 3falanges. The skin is in the form of scales and porous to the touch. It resembles the skin of a lizard. We were able to study 3 new small bodies and they were called “the family”.
Mr.Maussan reminded that – while there are 6 and 7 finger syndromes in human beings – there are no known 3 finger human beings.
He mentioned that few detractors have been recently commenting about the 60cm beings. “Why would they speak of them if (for them) ‘it was demnonstrated’ that the larger body is false?” He also noted that although they are similar as a species, each one has unique facial and individual features. He mentioned that after noticing that one showed a bulge pelvic area, 3 eggs were discovered in one specimen under X rays.
Comment: We must consider biologist José de la Cruz Ríos’ study of the smaller specimens that look more reptilian in appearance.
Mr. Maussan said in the conference in Montserrat that perhaps one of the reasons for so much resistance against this investigation (even within the ufological community) may be that history itself would have to be re-written. He and all the other researchers mentioned and also Mr. Thierry Jamin (who has been promoting this research almost from the begining) have stated that they are willing to recant and say that they were mistaken if they are scientifically proven wrong.
On the other hand, Mr. Maussan revealed that the Peruvian journalist, Mr. Jois Mantilla was taken to a cave like opening by “Mario” the huaquero who knows where the specimens are and – apparently – were they were found.
Here it is claimed that several of the mummies were found in Nazca, on a very steep hill. A video of this was shown during Mr. Maussan’s conference in Montserrat, Spain.
Commentary:
This research effort is excellent and very important! The investigation must continue but there already is enough robust evidence in favor of the extraordinary. We must support research! Get to the bottom in more detail to support a position in scientific debates. And repeat studies if possible.
It could very well be the definitive evidence that we are not alone because there are visitors from other worlds who have lived with us in the past or who still interact with us or maybe there are intelligent non-human beings in underground bases.
Be that as it may, the ufological society, paranormal researchers, researchers of the mysteries of the past, alternative thought, spirituality, and extraterrestrial contact must respond by joining when the moment arrives …. which is now!
Support research and even more research for humanity to awaken under whoever has the capacity and willingness to “wake up” and change paradigms towards a more connective and healthy worldview. Please share.
The conference (for now in Spanish) is available here.
Ex-Trump Aide Sebastian Gorka Warns Of 'Significant Changes' To Senior White House Staff & Trump Slams UN Bureaucracy, Mismanagement, Urges To Enact ‘Bold Reform’ September 24 2017 | From: WashingtonExaminer / Infowars / Various
Former White House aide Sebastian Gorka warned Tuesday President Trump will likely shake up his administration in the coming months to fill it with individuals who are committed to his populist agenda.
"In the next few months, we should see some very significant changes in personnel of the highest levels of the administration – not because a Cabinet member decides to do it or the chief of staff, but because the president decides to," Gorka said during remarks at Hillsdale College's annual Constitution Day Celebration.
The ousted national security aide left the White House last month after facing pressure to resign from chief of staff John Kelly. He announced Tuesday he had signed on as chief strategist to the "MAGA Coalition," a pro-Trump group that aims to back political candidates who will "compete against globalist corporatists interests."
Gorka's departure from the White House came on the heels of a high-profile exit by Steve Bannon, who returned to the helm of Breitbart News after leaving his post as Trump's chief strategist.
“For the last seven months, most of the firings have had nothing to do with the president," Gorka, who maintains he resigned, said Tuesday. "In the next few months, I predict they will."
Gorka was highly critical of his former colleagues in the resignation letter he circulated to reporters following his ouster. He repeated several points of criticism on Tuesday, including his claim that establishment figures – or "the swamp," as he put it – are in ascendance inside the West Wing.
"Lots of people got suicidal when my boss, Steve Bannon, resigned," Gorka said. "And then they got really suicidal when I resigned."
"But it's OK," he continued. "Bringing us back to the foundings of this country is not a function of where Steve sits or whether I have a window in the Eisenhower building."
Rather, Gorka said he and Trump's allies on the outside are "in this for the long game" and remain committed to advancing his agenda even if current administration officials continue to stand in the way.
"It is very important to remember that this is a temporary state of affairs," Gorka said.
Speaking at the UN building in New York, Trump called on the 72-year-old globalist institution to “be better at development, management, peace and security.”
President Trump calls for reforms at the United Nations
US Ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley and President Donald Trump lay out the case to make reforms to the United Nations.
“[I]n recent years, the United Nations has not reached its full potential because of bureaucracy and mismanagement,” Trump imparted.
“While the United Nations on a regular budget has increased by 140 percent, and its staff has more than doubled since 2000, we are not seeing the results in line with this investment.”
Trump said the organization must work to rebuild “the trust of the people around the world,” and should ensure nations pay their fair share.
“To honor the people of our nations, we must ensure that no one and no member state shoulders a disproportionate share of the burden, and that’s militarily or financially,” Trump said.
Additionally, “peacekeeping” objectives should be “clearly defined,” the president indicated, including ironing out metrics which help evaluate success.
The president also called on Secretary General Ban Ki Moon to “cut through bureacuracy, reform outdated systems, and make firm decisions to advance the UN’s core mission,” and encouraged the UN to keep “an eye toward changing business as usual and not being beholden to ways of the past which were not working.”
In the past, the UN has been criticized for, among other things, ignoring accusations of child sex rings and child rape lodged at UN peacekeepers working in Haiti, Africa, Brazil and other parts of the world, while no arrests have taken place.
President Trump Rocks The UN
Oh what a difference a Constitutional American President makes.
The United Nations is in a state of shock after having their spiral into decadence and globalist views blown to bits.
Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now September 24 2017 | From: Geopolitics
Over 1,400 years later Khazarians are still proliferating unimaginable destruction, death and evil everywhere they go, only much worse than ever.
It’s a well-established historical fact that Khazaria was destroyed by both Russia and Persia (now Iran) in approximately 1250 AD, and with good reason.
Many years of prior very stern warnings had been given by Russia and Persia with no changes by the Khazarians.
The reason for this final destruction of the Kingdom of Khazaria was that its rulers and its people ignored these warnings that were made jointly by Russia and Persia.
Russia and Persia had repeatedly instructed Khazarian leadership that Khazaria as a nation and people had to change from its evil, inhuman ways and stop parasitizing its neighbors, or suffer complete destruction.
Khazarians were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, rapists, pedophiles, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler King Bulan did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.
When Khazaria was finally destroyed in about 1250 AD by Russia and Persia, it had been literally terrorizing, robbing, murdering and parasitizing neighbors and travelers for over 500 years.
These endemic Khazarian criminal behaviors were institutionally supported by their leaders and by the Khazarian culture.
There was no rule of law in Khazaria, only the rule of manipulation, sociopathy, might, violence and evil.
Khazarians had repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria. Traveling in or near or through Khazaria was usually a fatal mistake. Women were often raped and then murdered afterwards or, if young enough, taken as sex slaves.
Khazaria was known by other surrounding nations as a lawless, evil nation that allowed the worst crimes against neighbors and travelers imaginable. Khazaria was known as the epitome of selfishness and evil, from the King all the way down to the average citizen.
It is now known for certain from peer-reviewed genetic studies done at Johns Hopkins that Khazarians carry absolutely no ancient Hebrew blood and are not Semites at all, and never were.
Khazarians’ origin is believed to have been a hybridization between Turks and Mongols, with absolutely no genetic ties to the ancient Hebrews.
It is truly interesting that these Khazarians have absolutely no ancient Hebrew Blood at all, none, although their leaders usually claim to carry ancient Hebrew Blood and to be Semites, when they are not Semites at all, and have absolutely no ancestral rights to any land in the Mideast.
About 80% of the Palestinians carry ancient Hebrew Blood and thus are true Semites, and hold an un-abandoned, absolute ancestral right to all of Palestine, despite any Khazarian claims, which are all based on lies and political intrigue.
Thus it is fair to claim that the Israelis are not only NOT Semites at all, but are the biggest anti-Semites in the whole world for their massive land theft of Palestinian land and genocide against Palestinians.
And despite this stark reality, top Khazarians immediately accuse anyone that criticizes them or Israel of being anti-Semites – an obvious fallacy.
It is now becoming obvious to many that Israel is a deeply racist Khazarian state that is continuing the same anti-social criminal patterns that led to its destruction around 1250 AD.
Why Did Russia and Persia Destroy Khazaria in About 1250 AD?
The site of the Khazar fortress at Sarkel, sacked by Sviatoslav c. 965 (aerial photo from excavations conducted by Mikhail Artamonov in the 1930s)
The Russian and Persian leaders had had enough, in about 750 AD – Khazaria’s King Bulan was given an ultimatum jointly by both Russia and Persia that he had to select one of the three Abrahamic religions to “clean up” the Khazarian People.
Khazarians at the time were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.
They repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria, usually a fatal mistake.
When the problem reached epic proportions and could no longer be accepted by the surrounding nations and peoples, the Russian and Persian leaders formed a coalition and delivered a stern ultimatum to the Khazarian King Bulan.
This ultimatum was that Khazaria as a nation had to immediately change its ways, and to do this, King Bulan must select one of the three Abrahamic religions and institute it as the official required Khazarian state religion. King Bulan was told in no uncertain terms that the religion chosen must be indoctrinated in all Khazarians to serve as rules of conduct and as a basis for integrity and ethics that were previously completely absent.
King Bulan agreed and selected Torah Judaism as Khazaria’s official religion. This worked somewhat for a while, but soon Khazarians were drifting back to their old ways of national banditry, murder and gross parasitism of others from surrounding nations.
Instead of working to establish morals and ethics in his nation by making a serious attempt to practice Torah Judaism, King Bulan and his top staff actually were inducted into the Black Arts and Black Magic of Babylonian Talmudism, better known as Baal worship or Satanism. Externally this looks a lot like Torah Judaism and can be used as false cover, which it was.
The reason this choice by King Bulan failed to become a permanent solution to the Khazarian mass sociopathy was because he himself never really accepted or practiced only Orthodox Torah Judaism and merely displayed a phony outward appearance of such.
Instead, he learned the black arts of Babylonian Talmudism and practiced the secret occult rites of Satanic demonology to gain more power, wealth and status.
King Bulan’s secret worship of Babylonian Talmudism (Baal worship, Satanism) was well-disguised by his phony outward presentation of Orthodox Torah Judaism as cover.
His heart was not in setting an example and leading his people away from the cultural sociopathy, inhumanity and criminality Khazaria had become known for.
At first when the ultimatum was delivered jointly by Russia and Persia, the Khazarians backed off somewhat from their ways for a while, fearing destruction. But their culture remained the same; and their old ways of abusing, robbing and murdering neighbors started back up again – this time even worse than before.
Finally, in about 1250 AD, the situation became completely unacceptable to both Russia and Persia and they jointly decided to invade Khazaria and destroy it top to bottom.
The current King and his court were warned by his spies, and the top Khazarian nobility were able to flee with their great wealth of silver and gold before the invasion and destruction of Khazaria.
It is hard to know all the details about where this Khazarian Royalty went, but it appears that they continued practicing the Black Magick occult arts of Babylonian Talmudism and migrated to Italy and other western European nations.
Khazarian history has been carefully excised from most libraries in the Western world and one must dig to find it. Fortunately, Solzhenitsyn documented a fair amount of Khazarian history before he died.
The Truth about King Bulan and Khazaria’s destruction by Russia and Persia for its unrepentant evil is a closely guarded Khazarian secret even today, and Khazarian leaders greatly fear the disclosure of this to the masses.
These Khazarian royals who specialized in Babylonian Talmudic Satanism participated in child sacrifice because they believed it would provide them with more and more satanic powers.
These top Khazarians became known as the world’s greatest impostors, usually hiding in other groups by claiming to be part of that group’s genetic and cultural heritage.
Eventually these Khazarian Royals became adept at Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” that is, making money from nothing by the use of pernicious usury. They often assumed the identity of Judaics and claimed to have ancient Hebrew blood, when they had none and only carried Khazarian blood.
Soon they became the Vatican’s Bankers and were known as “Hof Juden” or “Court Jews” by the various Kings, Queens and royalty of the European nations.
They were easily accepted by the Old Black European Nobility families that hijacked the Vatican who also practiced Babylonian Talmudism and gained power from the satanic, dark-side using secret child sacrifice.
Khazarians became accepted as Cutouts and tools of the Old Black European Nobility who were also Satanists practicing Black Magick occult rituals.
Cutouts and tools. Will anyone be sad when they are swept away?
But it is clear that these Khazarians were easily accepted by the Old Black Nobility because they worshiped Satan just like they, and shared in the secret Black Arts and Occult rituals such as child sacrifice. Soon the Khazarians bred their way into the British Royal families and other European Royal Families.
These top Khazarian leaders became known for their expertise in political intrigue, human compromise and blackmail, as well as the administration of hypnotic drugs and special poisons to create deaths that appeared to be due to medical conditions.
They gained control over the City of London when Napoleon was defeated, and proceeded to eventually gain control over all the western world’s monetary creation and distribution systems, which were all set up as private fiat systems with pernicious usury.
These top Khazarian “Black Magick” occult masters hijacked the American monetary creation and distribution system by setting up their own private so-called banking system – the Federal Reserve System in 1913.
This was done by using sophisticated bribery, blackmail and human compromise schemes to gain enough votes in Congress and the President’s support to pass this clearly illegal, unconstitutional aberration, the greatest financial crime in history.
As an example – PNAC’s Khazarian Kagan family: Donald (dad) Victoria, Robert and Fred Kagan
Khazarian Kingpins Established a Beachhead in America
Once the Khazarian Kingpins established a beachhead in America, they were able to buy up, bribe or human compromise almost all elected and appointed USG officials. Those that didn’t comply were sidelined or driven out by supporting competitors chosen by the Khazarian Kingpins.
Soon all the American political, governmental, corporate, law enforcement, Military and Intel systems were hijacked using the same methods. This has allowed the Khazarian Kingpins to parasitize America, which in practice means making serfs and wage slaves out of most Americans with little recourse.
America was then transformed into the Khazarian Kingpins’ tool to parasitize the rest of the whole world, as so well-described by John Perkins in his classic book, Confessions of an Economic Hitman.
The Khazarian Kingpins’ motto: buy everyone if possible, otherwise sidetrack them or kill them.
Money creation and distribution systems were hijacked by the Khazarian Kingpins (called “the Moneychangers” by insiders) in every western nation of the world.
The Islamic nations refused to set up banking systems with pernicious usury; and that is why Islamic nations have been targeted for destruction by the Khazarian leaders ever since.
The USG is now being used to provoke any nation like Russia and China and some Mideast nations that refuse to let the Khazarians run their banking.
Khazarian Kingpins are called the leaders of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, because that is what it is, a Khazarian Mafia run by the Rothschild family Banksters who have been alleged to be high satanic masters.
Conclusion
History documents what the Khazarians were as a people back in the period of 750 AD to 1250 AD before Russia and Persia destroyed Khazaria for their unrepentant and unimaginably evil ways.
Their rulers and their people in general were bad to the bone suggesting that criminal psychopathology was institutional and culturally based. Others have claimed it is genetic too, but this remains to be studied scientifically.
When King Bulan claimed to have selected Judaism for his own and as Khazaria’s official state religion, he lied and promoted only an outward phony appearance of such while encouraging satanic Black magick practices and unimaginably evil occult rituals such as pedophilia and child sacrifice and blood drinking.
The question needs to by asked and answered – after well over 1,400 years, have the Khazarian bloodlines and their leaders changed their ways at all?
Are they still a bandit race of hijackers, impersonators, deceivers, cheaters, thugs, and murderers?
Obviously, their top leaders have not changed at all and are in fact worse, because now they have destroyed whole nations and peoples at will, using the American military as canon fodder to commit genocide by war.
Or have only their top Kingpins and their chosen Khazarians undeservedly placed in top positions of power remained so unimaginably evil and inhuman?
Since Khazaria was destroyed in about 1250 AD, over 150 nations have booted out the Khazarians for their evil ways. Now because of the Internet, there is a growing awareness that top Khazarians are anti-human thieves, mass-murderers, deceivers and parasites upon the whole world.
The Boycott, Divest, Sanction movement (BDS) is evidence of this growing awareness. Looks like soon the whole world will repeat the actions of Russia and Persia in dealing with the Khazarians.
Yes, the whole world is getting informed fast about this Khazarian problem, the world’s biggest problem, and has just about had enough of the Khazarians’ abuse and inhumanity. It’s almost a certainty that the Khazarian City of London private Rothschild FIAT World Banking System is going to soon be eliminated in the coming months.
This alone will decapitate the Khazarian command and control and power base worldwide. Doubt this then do some basic research on BRICS, AIIB, Silk Road System, Shanghai Gold Exchange, and the recent erosion of the US Petro Dollar system with Saudi Arabia accepting currencies besides the USD.
Khazarian Kingpins always hold their timeless, inter-generational grudge. The Bolshevik Revolution was revenge against Russia for its destruction of Khazaria in about 1250 AD.
Approximately 80% of the Bolsheviks were godless Khazarians who raped, pillaged, tortured and murdered over 100 million non-Khazarian Russian citizens. These Bolsheviks did the same thing to Germans when they entered East Germany at the end of WWII. It’s a fact that Bolshevism was Khazarianism in disguise. Same for Maoism.
America has been infiltrated and hijacked by the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, which is dead set on destroying the Christian and Deist Heritage of our Founding Fathers, along with our economy, borders, language, culture sex roles and marriage.
Khazarians have become the destroyers of society and everything that occurs naturally, that is, the natural order of things.
Unless Americans and citizens of the world wake up and displace these Khazarian Kingpins from their high positions of control that they obtained by hijacking, bribery, blackmail and human compromise or murder, America is doomed and so is the whole world.
Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth September 23 2017 | From: JonRappoport / JonRappoport
I wrote this piece based on my knowledge of mainstream reporters and their work, their lives, their forgotten hopes, their realizations (in some cases) that they’re trapped in a system.
Most of them don’t want to get out. They become creatures of the night they once wanted to illuminate.
You’re a mainstream reporter striving to stay afloat. The word has drifted down from the top that this is the season for inflicting wounds on Donald Trump, no matter what, no matter what happened or didn’t happen on a rumpled bed in a hotel room in Moscow, no matter what Putin did or didn’t do to influence the election, no matter who leaked the DNC emails to WikiLeaks, no matter what Michael Flynn said or didn’t say to a Russian on the phone, no matter who or what James Comey is fronting for; every real or possible or non-existent detail needs to be blown up into a gigantic scandal of the moment, this president has to go, and your assignment is to keep cutting him.
It’s beyond the point where anybody in your business cares who he is and what he’s done and what he’s doing, so pump up the hysteria, shove in the blade wherever you can, THIS is how your success will be measured, you want a light to shine on you, so attack, attack without let-up, don’t think, don’t think about what’s going on here, the important thing is:
The news business is: careers.
Having a career is life. Losing it is death.
Your career is on the line.
It doesn’t matter what you’ve done over the years, what you’ve written, what you’ve said, this is the big one.
You can’t lose your career.
You know what losing it means.
It means the end.
Losing your career is hanging around a bar until closing time and silently cursing the boss and the other reporters who are climbing faster up the ladder, it’s worrying about where the next story is coming from and how it can zing the editor’s brain so he grunts with satisfaction like an ape on a little throne.
It’s all the while knowing that NO ONE at the newspaper or the network can put out a piece that will cause serious ripples in the behind-the-curtain power structure, and you know that because in the past, in what was supposed to be your finest hour, you carefully peeled just one glove from the body of a scandal that should have been stripped entirely naked for the public to see and then you were stopped.
Suddenly, for you, losing a career is desperately clinging to the biased political stance of the news division, clinging to it as if it were a message from God, it’s taking a piece of info that smells like a rotten slug from an anonymous source and turning it into caviar because it decorates a story that has no foundation whatsoever.
It’s pruriently hinting in a story that the enemy, as defined by the editorial staff and the publisher and the corporation that owns the soul of the publisher, is a despicable traitor who should be carted off in the middle of the night and dumped on a boat to the 10th circle of Hell, it’s being wired into who at the news division is moving up and who is moving down, who is the teacher’s pet and who is the bad boy at the back of the room.
It’s scouting out jobs that are coming up at rival networks, it’s knowing when dreaded staff layoffs are emerging over the horizon and how flimsy the severance packages will be, it’s grinding on preposterous assignments that have no function other than filling space, it’s pretending one political party or another will stave off the end of civilization, it’s your paycheck that handles the mortgage and the kid’s college fund although how does the kid get into college when he can’t even write a coherent paragraph unless he plagiarizes it from Wikipedia.
It’s finally getting your teeth into a good story only to be told there’ll be no follow-up and you know exactly why because you know which person or corporation or advertiser would be rammed into handcuffs if you dug down a foot deeper, it’s forgetting you were once smart and sharp and alert and ready to roll as a member of the fourth estate on a mission to protect the public from the raging excesses of government.
It’s sitting for a half-hour with a Congressman and listening to him lie so extensively you can’t believe he knows he’s lying anymore because if he did know, how could he consciously keep up the charade every waking moment, it’s looking at THE elite anchor of your network and knowing he’s a complete cartoon of an ego on parade, it’s wondering how the public even in the depths of its trance can believe what is coming out of the mouth of that ego.
It’s lying in bed at night not recalling whether you took a sleeping pill, it’s tearing the cap off a bottle of antidepressant with shaking fingers after coming out of the drug store where you filled the prescription and swallowing a pill and three hours later sitting in your work-cubbyhole thinking with great and rising surety that you want to burn down the newsroom.
It’s standing in the kitchen of your silent apartment remembering you wrote a paper in college about the 1776 revolution although you can’t bring back one word of it now, it’s rubbing elbows with celebrities at a cocktail party on the Upper East Side and sensing a few B-listers are giving you a quick once-over to gauge whether you can do them any good and deciding you can’t.
It’s having a dream you’re drowning in your bathtub and your editor is standing above you grinning with pistols in his hands, it’s sitting in the antiseptic office of a therapist who is telling you that getting a dog as a friend will rescue your state of mind, it’s standing in the newsroom on election night watching so-called analysts on big screens talking numbers and trends and possible outcomes and you’re thinking you’re supposed to be on the screen yourself but it hasn’t worked out that way.
It’s wondering whether selling Porches or hawking real estate would be a better option at this point, it’s wondering by what method you would commit the oh so grand gesture of suicide, because it should be grand, it should have some significance in the scheme of things, it can’t be a mere disappearance, can it, there would at least be a need for some sort of plan, would it be gun or slit wrist or rope or leap - and then you laugh - AND WHY DOES IT SOUND LIKE MUSIC - and then, THEN you recall that in your desk drawer there is a fat folder full of documents proving a major prime-cut number one advertiser for your newspaper, a major advertiser and a colossus apparently beyond the reach of any president with its far-flung global interests in brain-crippling pharmaceuticals and carcinogenic pesticides and real estate and banking is also - and how perfect is THIS - is also a giant HOG-RAISING FACTORY (millions and millions of oinking pigs) that has polluted the soil of half a southern state with hundreds of toxic chemicals and untold numbers and types of germs and the corporation has bribed its way into permission to create gigantic hog-feces lagoons that sit out in the sunlight year after year festering and percolating and seeping down into the groundwater and poisoning every form of life.
And you sit there and nod to yourself and open the drawer and take out that fat folder of documents and you find a piece of blank paper and without thinking you write a brief note of resignation to your ape editor and you stand up and walk out of the newsroom carrying the folder and you hit the night street and walk along with the surging crowds and you feel your blood coursing through your veins and you realize there are a few tears on your cheeks and you grin a savage grin and head home to write the story that will rip that hog-colossus a deep wound and you look up at the moon and a shiver goes through your body.
It’s almost midnight but it’s not your midnight, all of a sudden a cockeyed sun is coming up for you between big buildings and through some strange unfathomable equation you’re hitting your stride because you just lost your career and a new and unnameable SPACE is swimming into view, and you’re already writing the first paragraph of the REAL story and THIS is the drama you were imagining so long ago, so long ago when you believed in working a real beat as a real newsman…
OR…
Is that all a fantasy, Mr. Newsman? Your choice. Your chapter one.
Or your end. Your choice.
It’s life or death in the news business.
What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth
Let’s say, for argument’s sake, that a group exists which - instead of catering to the lowest common denominator - is composed of individuals who are determined to forward a cause of TRUTH about a vital issue.
They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around..
They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around. They’re up against entrenched power, in government, in media, in other groups who are fronts for LIES.
This good group needs public relations. It needs many things, but it certainly needs this.
However, in most cases, such a group will not know much about public relations, and it will leave that area to a few amateurs among its ranks. These amateurs will make every mistake in the book.
For example, they will spend the entire advertising budget on bland television ads. The ads will lack punch. They’ll turn out to be a Mickey Mouse version of the truth. The public will not be interested.
“Well, we had to do that. We didn’t want to offend anyone. We wanted to be nice. We wanted to remain positive…”
Sure, and that ad campaign was a loser. NICE was the theme, and it sank like a little stone in a large lake.
“But you see, if we put together powerful attack ads, we couldn’t have gotten them on television. The networks would have rejected them…”
Yes, and THAT would have been the subject of the next phase of the campaign—ads could be placed on thousands of web sites:
“Here is the ad the major networks refused to run. Look at it. Think about it. It’s real, it’s the truth…”
What issues am I talking about? Mandatory vaccination, for example. GMO crops and toxic Roundup, for example.
The ad the networks refused to run shows a lone farmer standing in a growing field, against a background of high super-weeds.
Farmer: “I went for GMO crops. The chemical I bought and sprayed was supposed to kill weeds but leave my crops alone. That was a lie. Weeds survived and grew huge. Look at them. They’re taking over my fields. The survival of my family is at stake…”
Run that ad. It’s just the start of a much more aggressive series of ads. Attack.
You can be nice, too. But in other ads. Cover all the bases. Public relations for the truth has to muscle into the game. It can’t tap on the gate politely and asked to be let in.
Public relations for the truth has to fly in from a number of diverse vectors. It isn’t one centralized message. That’s another lesson. The “oneness” approach has to be offloaded. It might make a nice dream, but it has no long-term power.
“But you see, if we can bring together a hundred different groups on this issue and combine them and decide on one overriding message, we can win…”
More amateurs at work. Sure, try to bring together a hundred groups and try to hammer out a single message they all can agree on, and see what you end up with. You’ll end up with watery soup. At best.
Effective public relations costs money. There is no way around it. Groups that believe otherwise are deluded. The woe-is-us approach goes nowhere. There has to be a budget, and the money has to be spent well.
“We can’t afford to hire someone who can put together a whole series of fantastic ads. We have to get by with what we have…”
“I think we already have a great ad. It shows a young blonde [non-authoritative clueless] woman walking toward the camera saying, ‘You have a right to know what’s in your food.’”
Really? And this will turn the tide against unlabeled GMOs and Monsanto? On what planet? Many ads of this caliber were run during the GMO-labeling ballot initiatives in California and the state of Washington. Both those initiatives went down to defeat.
And then, eventually, the infamous federal Dark Act was passed by Congress and signed into law by the President. It essentially put an end to informative GMO labeling and outlawed any further ballot initiatives run by the individual states.
Public relations at its worst. In fact, there were one or two men inside the movement to label GMOs who controlled all the messaging of the campaigns. That bland-egg message was: you have a right to know what’s in your food. Those men later colluded with Congress to pass the Dark Act. In other words, they were traitors to the cause. That’s worse than incompetence. Far worse.
Well-intentioned people who crusade for the truth often make this mistake: they try to shape their campaigns based on their own attitude about “controversy.”
“I don’t want to stir people up. I want to give them facts and let them make up their own minds. I want to remain neutral.”
Those “PR people” wind up feeling good about themselves…as they go down to defeat.
“Well, I did my best. That’s all anyone can ask for.”
This is some kind of twist on “virtue is its own reward.” It certainly isn’t effective public relations launched on behalf of scoring a vital victory.
“I have a great idea. In our group, there are about fifty people who could lead our public relations campaign. Let’s find the person who is ‘least offensive’ and hand the budget over to him. That way we can all feel safe and secure that we’re following ‘the noble path’.”
Who’s kidding who?
“Last night, the Universe sent a message to me. It said a few thousand of us should think positive thoughts and focus our visualization on a new law that would make vaccination a parental choice, instead of a state mandate…”
Well, that public relations campaign would cost no money. Which could be called a plus. Try it. See what happens. See if “the Universe” is actually speaking. See if that notion works.
The true path of public relations is asymmetrical. Assessing the overall situation reveals opportunities an active imagination can take advantage of:
For example, suppose we have a situation where a local population is under the gun, as a result of constant corporate toxic-pesticide spraying.
There are other such populations, in distant places, who are facing the same dire problem.
Bring half-a-dozen representatives of these other populations to the town of the current corporate pesticide crime.
Hold press conferences highlighting the widespread global crisis. Stream live video to alt. news websites all over the world. Put on the pressure. Name the criminal corporation.
At the same time, file lawsuits against the corporation, and publicize them.
If corrupt judges dismiss the lawsuits as frivolous, or illegal, that simply adds grist for the mill. Publicize that. Make that the occasion for more PR.
At the same time, produce and release videos that relentlessly expose the corporation in every possible truthful way: its pesticides are toxic; the science on which these chemicals are based is flawed, false, and corrupt; the corporation colludes with government agencies to curry favor. Etc., etc.
At the same time, find people who have been injured by the corporation and release their on-camera testimonies.
This is how a real PR campaign begins. It’s just the opening salvo. Don’t play defense. Go on a sustained offensive thrust, from a number of different directions.
Again: Never, ever rely on just one strategy, such as a ballot initiative or a class-action lawsuit. If you do, you’re playing on the opponent’s turf, where he is the expert and can control outcomes. He knows you’re coming. He knows how to turn you away. But if you’re showing up from half-a-dozen directions at once, you’re a different kind of asymmetrical creature. Unpredictable, powerful, agile.
As always, imagination is the key. Actual imagination at work isn’t “the Universe talked to me and laid out a game plan.”
Actual imagination isn’t a brainstorming session in the group, where a dozen people or more chew each other’s ears off and water down strategies to the level of the most cautious ideas.
Finally, here is the worst problem for the group. One person is going to emerge as the leader. He or she is going to find (or create) the public relations people who can and will launch a no-holds-barred campaign for the TRUTH. He or she is going to exert the most power in the group toward that end. He or she is going to do that.
The other group members are going to have to let that happen. They’re going to have to stop their endless conversation about the best way to proceed. They’re going to have to let go of their collectivist tendencies.
This isn’t a spiritualist séance. It isn’t a flabby notion of democracy in action. It isn’t a catchy tune.
It definitely isn’t two armies facing off in an open field, where one army is a thousand times larger, has the latest weapons, and is backed up by legions of propaganda minions.
Captive Loan-Sharking Bail-Ins Have Been Sold As The Prevention Of Bailouts September 23 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall Germany, the dynamic expansionist power in Europe: Back in history: In the late 1960s Germany regained economic primacy in Europe and was at the forefront of European integration, in association with France and England.
It soon came to dominate the principle decision-making institutions of the EU. So, the EU has served as Germany’s instrument for conquest by stealth.
Year by year, through aid and low interest loans, the EU has facilitated German capitalist market penetration, and financial expansion, throughout southern and central Europe. Germany set the agenda for Western Europe, gaining economic dominance while benefiting from US subversion and the encirclement of Eastern Europe, Russia and the Baltic and Balkan states.
Germany’s projection of power on a world scale would never have occurred if it had not annexed East Germany. Despite the West German claims of beneficence and aid to the East Germans, the Bonn regime secured several million skilled engineers, workers and technicians, the takeover of factories, productive farms and, most importantly, the Eastern European and Russian markets for industrial goods, worth billions of dollars.
Germany was transformed from an emerging influential EU partner, into the most dynamic expansionist power in Europe, especially in the former Warsaw Pact economies. The US and Germany want to return Russia to the vassalage status of the 1990s.
They do not want normal relations. From the moment Putin moved to restore the Russian state and economy, the Western powers have engaged in a series of political and military interventions, eliminating Russian allies, trading partners and independent states.
Now, Europe’s neo-liberal media are having a collective hernia at the thought that some former Warsaw Pact countries are cozying up to Moscow, which is the case in particular in Germany. To emphasize this Merkel’s speech in Australia was full of tough criticism of Russia. However, on closer inspection, what they are accusing the Kremlin of doing, is exactly what the EU has been doing over the past 20 years.
“The EU is in serious trouble. Living standards are falling all across the union and political instability is fomenting from Dublin to Athens, from Madrid to Zagreb. Iceland u-turned on a plan to join the EU Club and, previously, resolute aspirants like Serbia and Montenegro cooled their ardour for membership.”
“Angela Merkel thinks this is Russia’s fault. That’s akin to blaming Brazil’s strikers for their 7-1 World Cup capitulation to Germany. Pure hokum. If Merkel wants to find the real culprit, she need only look in the mirror.
The Berlin government, which she has led for 11 years, is sucking the continent dry. While peripheral states flounder and pivotal countries stagnate, Germany is doing just fine. This is because the entire EU system – especially the Euro currency – is propping up its largest member while choking the rest.”
Captive Loan-Sharking:
EU-members, such as Ireland and Spain were flooded with cheap German credit. This was basically a form of captive loan-sharking.
German banks were handing out easy money to facilitate the purchase of German-made goods, from cars to electronics. When the scheme blew-up in 2008, the German creditors didn’t accept a haircut. Instead, the penalties were passed on to Irish and Spanish taxpayers, further enslaving them by severe austerity measures to Berlin.
“Merkel seems to believe that Russia is coercing some European states into doing business. Complete nonsense. It’s rather more plausible that financially stressed governments have begun to see through Berlin’s practices and are hedging their bets.
After all, it’s the duty of a sovereign to look after its own citizens, not the pampered bankers of Frankfurt or industrialists of Munich. Germany’s arrogant mistreatment of the rest of Europe is coming home to roost.”
“However, in Budapest and Bratislava, premiers Viktor Orban and Robert Fico are doing what’s right for their electorate by striking optimum deals for their countries. Merkel is deeply offended by such a practice as it reduces Germany’s omnipotent stranglehold on their commerce.
Orban is also committed to pushing ahead with the South Stream pipeline, in partnership with Moscow. Why? Not to undermine Berlin, but to guarantee its energy supply because Ukraine is unreliable as a transit territory. This is entirely understandable – it’s Orban’s job to look after Hungary, not to bow down before Germany.”
“The pro-NATO, neoliberal media in Western Europe is presenting Russia’s trade deals with struggling eastern states as some kind of dastardly plan to undermine the EU.
Such suggestions are hyperbolic nonsense. The leaders of Hungary, Slovakia and Serbia would gladly take bait of the hand of Merkel if she were willing to throw some German cash around. However, she’s not and Putin is.”
Consequently, these countries are doing what’s best for their current positions. There is nothing sinister about it.
What Merkel does not understand is that Germany’s own national interest lies with developing economic union with Russia and certainly not acting against Russia.
Germany has nothing to gain from the USA other than total dependency. The USA cannot offer Germany anything that it does not already have. In fact, these two are competitors in High Tech. Without Russia and its markets and resources, Germany is doomed.
Russia has an outlet for commodities, and resources, but Germany does not. The USA wants to keep Germany as a vassal and as a useful stationing ground for its imperial ambitions, use its airports and bases.
So to put it in Marxist terms, Germany’s national interest of development and cooperation with Russia comes into contradiction with its NATO membership and the resulting de facto subservience to the USA.
Meanwhile a group of prominent Germans are urging their country and the West to open dialogue with Russia, added to the fact that Europe and Russia both have a joint responsibility to ensure peace and security on the continent, however this can only be achieved through, “equal security for all with all partners being respected.”
In a letter it was stated:
“The Russians’ security requirements are as legitimate and just as important as those of the Germans, the Poles, the Baltic States and the Ukraine. We should not look to push Russia out of Europe.”
Bail-Ins Have Been Sold as the Prevention of Bailouts:
Finally, the EU admits;
“The economic and financial crisis has impaired the ability of the financial sector to channel funds to the real economy, in particular long-term investments.”
The solution?
“The Commission will ask the bloc’s insurance watchdog… for advice on a possible draft law “to mobilise more personal pension savings for long-term financing“it was stated in the document.
Mobilise, which is a more acceptable word than, confiscate.
“The savings of the European Union’s 500 million citizens could be used to fund long-term investments to boost the economy and help plug the gap left by banks since the financial crisis.”an EU document says.
What is left unsaid, is that the “usage” will be on a purely involuntary basis, at the discretion of the “union”, and can thus best be described as confiscation. More precisely: Cyprus-style confiscations that meanwhile have become law.
Rather than reining in the massive and risky derivatives casino, the new rules prioritise the payment of banks’ derivatives obligations to each other, before everyone else. That includes depositors, public and private, but also the pension funds that are the target market for the latest bail-in play, called “bail-in able” bonds.
“Bail-ins” have been sold as the avoidance of future government bailouts and the elimination of the too big to fail banks (TBTF). But it actually institutionalises TBTF, since the big banks are kept in business by expropriating the funds of their creditors – clients.
It is a neat solution for bankers and politicians, who don’t want to have to deal with another messy banking crisis and are happy to see it disposed of through statute. But a bail-in could have far worse consequences than a bailout for the public.
If your taxes go up, you will probably still be able to pay the bills. If your bank account or pension gets wiped out, you could wind up on the streets or sharing food with your pets.
And if you have a loan or mortgage from a bank, they could, under the act of emergency, call in the loan, and if not fully compensated with your own savings, they could then confiscate the asset, as is stipulated in the small print at the bottom of the loan agreement.
Rather than having the bank’s assets sold off and having their doors closed, as is the case with other bankrupt businesses in a capitalist economy, “zombie” banks are kept alive and open for business at all costs, and these costs are once again borne by us.
In the latest version of bail-in schemes, TBTF banks are required to keep a buffer equal to 16-20% of their risk-weighted assets in the form of equity or bonds convertible to equity in the event of insolvency. They most likely won’t be able to meet that condition. But who cares? The taxpayer will be the victim anyhow.
Bail-In Bonds:
These bonds, termed “bail-in bonds,” are securities in which it is stated in the fine print that the bondholders agree contractually – rather than being forced statutorily – that if certain conditions occur i.e.: the bank’s insolvency, the lender’s money will be turned into bank capital.
However, even 20% of risk-weighted assets may not prove sufficient to prop up a megabank in a major derivatives collapse. And we the people are still the target market for these bonds, this time through our pension funds.
Other than the pension funds and insurance companies that are long-term bondholders, it is not clear what market there will be for bail-in bonds. Currently, most holders of contingent capital bonds are investors focused on short-term gains, which are liable to bolt at the first sign of a crisis. Investors who held similar bonds in 2008 took heavy losses.
In a Reuters held sampling of potential investors, many said they would not take that risk again. While banks and “shadow” banks are specifically excluded as buyers of bail-in bonds, due to the “fear of contagion”: if they hold each other’s bonds, they could all go down together.
Whether the pension funds go down is apparently not of concern.
American banks have over $280 trillion in derivatives on their books; at EU banks the amount won’t be much different. They earn some of their biggest profits from trading in them, profits that could turn into their biggest losses when the derivatives bubble collapses.
Thus, as we learned from Cyprus, keeping your money in the bank isn’t the safest place, better to convert most of it into precious metals, stored privately, if you want to protect your hard-earned savings.
Protect Your Savings Through Non-Compliance:
As probably most readers already know, the EU is owned by the Rothschild network, which won’t refrain from stripping every citizen bare. They are after your savings, and even your pension funds. There is no other
protection than to pull your money out of the banking system and try to live off the grid, by forming small communities, where food can be grown and bartered without money.
We must undergo a mind-shift; the Illuminati are seeking to enslave all of us. Their worst nightmare is our non-compliance – the refusal to accept their lunacy to which the world has steadily descended, refusing to pay taxes, or leaving homes when banks foreclose on them; plainly refuse to comply with your own enslavement in any form whatsoever.
The US Khazarian Government is Bent on World Hegemony (NWO) for Which Russia Stands in its Way:
The US has already turned Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states. The latest resolutions like sanctions, and consulate closures against Russia are simply tools to achieve their goal – world hegemony, said Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary to the US Treasury on RT.
Russia needs to understand that the United States has an ideology of world hegemony and does not accept any prospect of any country being sovereign or acting on its own. You have to be an American vassal state.
Just as the United States has turned all of Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states, those are the only terms by which the United States can accept Russia and China. It will not accept them as sovereign, independent countries, following their own interests.
The situation will become more and more hostile. It’s not going to go away, because the United States is guided by the neoconservative ideology of American world hegemony and that includes hegemony over Russia and China. If the Russian government relies on facts, it’s going to be greatly surprised, because Washington has no interest whatsoever in facts.
Did Saddam Hussein have weapons of mass destruction? Did Assad of Syria use Chemical weapons against his own people? Did Iran have nuclear weapons? Of course not, and of course Washington DC lied purposely about these matters on each occasion.
They act identically to Adolf Hitler when he announced;
“Last night Polish troops crossed the frontier and attacked Germany”
There’s no difference.
The United States overthrew the government of Ukraine and then accused Russia of invading the country. This is not even worth highlighting, as it is blatant, obvious propaganda, designed to make a demon out of Russia. That’s the only purpose of this. It’s not going to go away. Watch this video interview:
Controlled Collapse: Rothschild Just Sold Massive Amounts of U.S. Assets:
Google, Tech Giants Threaten To Shut Down ‘Free Speech’ Social Site & Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late September 22 | From: Infowars / TechnocracyNews Google has monopoly on flow of information: Search engine giant Google and other tech platforms have threatened to shut down free-speech social media site Gab in the name of fighting “hate speech.”
Gab, a social media platform known as a free speech oasis, was just recently ordered to transfer their Australian domain elsewhere or face shutdown.
“Gab’s domain registrar has given us 5 days to transfer our domain or they will seize it. The free and open web is in danger,” the website tweeted.
Asia Registry is poised to shut down the pro-1st Amendment website because it claims Gab “violates Australian federal and state anti-discrimination laws, which prohibit public vilification on the basis of race, religion, or ethnic origin,” and accuses the website of being “discriminatory and hateful.”
Google has already booted Gab off the Google Play store, also citing violations of their “hate speech policies,” which has prompted Gab to sue the tech giant for violating anti-trust laws.
“Google is the biggest threat to the free flow of information,” Gab chief executive Andrew Torba said in a statement.
“Gab started to fight against the big tech companies in the marketplace, and their monopolistic conduct has forced us to bring the fight to the courtroom.”
Gab alleges in the lawsuit that “Google deprives competitors, on a discriminatory basis, of access to the App Store, which an essential facility or resource.”
Google fired back, calling the lawsuit “baseless” and asserting that Gab needed “to demonstrate a sufficient level of moderation, including for content that encourages violence and advocates hate against groups of people,” to use the Play Store.
As we reported, Google has been caught censoring information on numerous occasions, and has even admitted to censoring Infowars despite providing no evidence of “hate speech.”
Google's Worst Nightmare
Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate it's search results in what they see as a favorable manner.
Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late
Intelligence agencies that are run by Technocrats are data hoarders who are compelled to collect everything that is collectible, illegal or not. We have stated many times that American intelligence agencies have long-since gone rogue, becoming unresponsive to courts and legislators alike.
They must be stopped, at all costs. This is not about intelligence to keep Americans safe, but rather about building a surveillance network that will eventually lead to Scientific Dictatorship. Listen to the video in this article! - TN Editor
As former NSA contractor Edward Snowden revealed to the world in 2013, the U.S. government routinely spies on its own citizens.
“I, sitting at my desk, could wiretap anyone, from you or your accountant, to a federal judge or even the president,” Snowden told the journalists crowded into his hotel room before the publication of his leaked documents.
The leaks exposed lies from government officials about the mass surveillance of American citizens, with former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper testifying before Congress that the NSA didn’t “wittingly” collect any data on millions of Americans.
Four years after the Snowden leaks, the government is still collecting Americans’ private information. Though the NSA claims it ended bulk collection of domestic phone calls, the agency is still operating several other far-reaching domestic spying programs.
Now there’s a way to end these unconstitutional practices. The NSA gets its authority to spy on U.S. Citizens from Section 702 of the FISA Amendments Act. The law will expire this year after it hits its five-year sunset. Lawmakers will soon be deliberating over whether to renew Section 702 for another five or maybe even make it permanent.
Watch the video above to see why it’s vital that they let Section 702 lapse.
Vital: The Real Dreamers Are Elite Corporations September 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport
And the unknown trade deal that cost the US a hundred thousand jobs.
This isn’t one of the big trade deals everybody knows about. This one was launched during the glorious Obama years: The (South) Korea Free Trade Agreement.
Signed, sealed, and delivered by Obama in 2011 with his assurance that it would create 70,000 American jobs. His assurance was on the level of his promise that, under Obamacare, you would be able to choose your own doctor.
Four years later, in 2016, this was the outcome of the Globalist Korea Free Trade Agreement, as reported by Public Citizen:
“…the loss of more than 102,554 American jobs.”
Oops. Slight miscalculation.
“U.S. goods exports to Korea have dropped 10 percent, or $4.5 billion…”
Sorry about that.
“U.S. imports of goods from Korea have increased 18 percent, or $10.8 billion…”
Sorry about that, too.
How could this have happened? I’ll tell you how. It’s simple. Despite claims, these trade deals are written and calculated to torpedo economies. That’s what Globalists do.
Because an ultimate top-down takeover of populations is easier that way.
Here’s another example: NAFTA. Remember that trade treaty? It enabled, among other consequences, the export of very cheap corn - massive amounts - from the US to Mexico. Result? 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers were thrown out of business. Boom. Many of them decided to come across the border to the US.
Does that sound like an all-around economy-building scenario?
Globalism: the wolf in sheep’s clothing.
No more countries - only elite corporations in control, making markets wherever they can find them…
There’s just one problem. As these corporations and their Globalist leaders play economic game with countries and their people, the net effect is decreasing the number of customers who can afford to buy the corporations’ products.
You can’t just shift the beneficiaries of trade deals from one nation to another, in an unending shuffle and reshuffle of the deck. Sooner or later, you wind up with more sellers than buyers.
You create more overall chaotic conditions. Elite corporations don’t want to think about this.
They’re counting on governments to bail them out with, for example, some form of “universal income” for citizens, which means expanded welfare. That isn’t going to cut it. Piddling “new money” isn’t going to invent, magically, a billion or two new customers for cars and cell phones and houses.
Basically, these corporations are playing Musical Chairs among themselves. Which companies will survive, and which will fall?
The corporations are dreaming about a controlled future in which they are more powerful kings. It isn’t going to work out. Even mergers and acquisitions won’t win the day.
Robust economies depend on many, many small and large businesses operating in relative freedom, in stable nations.
The fantasy of one global economy is intrinsically a hoax.
When you eliminate tariffs (the goal of all trade treaties), you accentuate the differences between various labor forces. Giant corporations shut down factories in countries where labor is expensive and laws against gross polluting are “obstructing profits,” and they open up those factories in places where labor is dirt cheap and you can pollute night and day.
That isn’t free enterprise. That’s ongoing crime. Someone eventually pays the piper.
Corporations believe they can, with their Globalist partners, keep postponing a day of reckoning indefinitely.
They’re wrong. The bottom line is the corporations’ bottom line: fewer buyers for their products. They can’t wriggle out of that one.
Free enterprise is the last thing on Globalists’ minds. They want a single worldwide planned economy, with central points for production and distribution of goods and services.
They want a tighter Surveillance State. They want a single toxic medical cartel to dominate citizens’ lives. They want to install many features that add up to massive top-down control.
In this atmosphere, elite corporations are going to thrive? The truth is, Globalists are USING corporations, temporarily, to forward their aims.
Those corporations don’t want to see this. They want to remain blind. They want to dream their dreams. These titans, with all their skills, turn out to be the masters of self-delusion.
Stable and separate nations, not Globalism, is the solution staring them in the face. But they keep their eyes closed.
Look at Europe. Under the aegis of the Globalist European Union (EU), it is the canary in the coal mine. And the canary is bringing back devastating messages.
Nations are being disrupted and torn by the EU’s forced immigration policy of open borders. Widespread crime, crushing budgets to support the wave of migration, massive unrest.
In this atmosphere, European mega-corporations are going to flourish and grow? New customers are going to appear out of nowhere?
Recall the old term “double cross?” A person allied with one side in a deal secretly betrays the deal and the ally. That’s what Globalist elites are doing to giant corporations. They’re going back on their promise.
They’re creating an atmosphere in which corporations can’t function beyond a certain point. And worse, they’re creating a forced planetary economy in which the corporations will become mere government appendages - functionaries in a slave-based system.
These deluded corporations…it only takes a few of them to wake up and see the real game.
Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This September 21 2017 | From: JonRappoport
We rarely get a chance to see a smoking gun that proves elite controllers are running the show from behind the curtain. That’s why there is a curtain.
So I’m republishing a conversation between two members of the Rockefeller Trilateral Commission (TC) and a US reporter.
In 1969, four years before birthing the TC with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote:
“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force.
International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”
Goodbye, separate nations.
Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):
“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”
The conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning.
But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.
The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.
And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.
Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House.
He had been plucked from obscurity by David Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.
The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy.
The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”
Here we go:
Novak (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?
Cooper:Yes, they have met three times.
Novak: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?
Kaiser: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.
Cooper:Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].
Novak: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?
Cooper:Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.
Novak: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.
Cooper:President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]
Kaiser: It just hasn’t become an issue.
This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.
US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski.
When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.” Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.
Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.
Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.
From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.
How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal?
One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.
Related:
More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"
And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order.
What kind of order?
Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”
If you were a young ambitious reporter for The New York Times, if you read this astonishing Trilateral interview, wouldn’t you go to your editor and demand to be put on the story?
Wouldn’t you want to dig deep and find out more details and names? Wouldn’t you want to blow the whole, yes, conspiracy, wide open? Wouldn’t you want readers to know the truth about who is running their country from behind the scenes?
Well, yes, you might. But if you did, and if you wouldn’t back down after your editor told you to forget about it, you would end up with no job, and eventually you would be covering picnics for some small-town newspaper.
With the rise of independent media, however, reporters don’t need to worry about Sunday picnics.
The truth suffices.
With the rise of independent media, reporters know some of their stories will be linked and forwarded all over the world, and people with curiosity and intelligence and alert minds will discover the truth that major media have been hiding from them.
Digging in the Dirt Makes You Happy - Here’s Why September 21 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld “It came to me while picking beans, the secret of happiness. I was hunting among the spiraling vines that envelop my teepees of pole beans, lifting the dark-green leaves to find handfuls of pods, long and green, firm and furred with tender fuzz. I snapped them off where they hung in slender twosomes, bit into one, and tasted nothing but August…” - from Braiding Sweetgrass: Indigenous Wisdom, Scientific Knowledge and the Teachings of Plants
For anyone who has spent time cultivating a garden - vegetable, landscaping with ornamentals or a bit of both - there’s no question about it’s mood-boosting quality.
Even a potted plant or two can have an uplifting effect. During my most bleak times in dealing with depression and bone-crushing fatigue, the simple act of caring for an outdoor plant by watering and plucking the dead bits has had a near miraculous effect, with a tangible boost in energy and overall brighter outlook.
Whether this shift is attributed to the fresh air, slowing down to appreciate a bit of greenery or nurturing another living thing, the entire experience tends to border on the mysterious. Whatever the reason, one aspect is clear: gardening is strong medicine.
The Power of Soil-Based Organisms for Health and Happiness
Science has shown time and again that spending time in nature - along with playing in the dirt and gardening - has a powerful impact on our physiological and psychological health.
Over the last decade, researchers have explored why soil microbes improve the nutritional value of our food and why rural children - like those who live on farms - are far healthier than their city-dwelling counterparts.
Clean air, water, and fresh produce aside, one of the main factors for the health of farm-living kids boils down to soil microbes.
As it turns out, these microbes help develop healthy human immune systems. Not only that, but soil organisms can boost our production of serotonin - a feel-good neurotransmitter that keeps anxiety and depression at bay.
"[Jill] Litt, a professor at the University of Colorado School of Public Health, was studying gardening’s impact on a variety of health outcomes - including mood disorders.
She rattled off a list of possible explanations, including that gardens create community, encourage physical activity, offer a bounty of nutrient-rich food, and expose one to Vitamin D-producing sunshine, which helps regulate serotonin, the “happiness” neurotransmitter.
But then Litt surprised me by adding, “Also there are the microbes themselves. We have no idea what they are doing.”’
It all began with a study where British researchers were testing to see if Mycobacterium vaccae - a benign microbe found in soil and water, along with unwashed vegetables - could help treat lung cancer in humans. While the life expectancy of the participants wasn’t affected, those who received the microbe reported enhanced mood and quality of life.
The torch was then taken up by Chris Lowry, a behavioral endocrinologist at the University of Colorado, Boulder. His research team found that rodents who were injected with heat-killed M.vaccae exhibited less depression and anxiety - and had more endurance - during a forced swim test.
The control mice paddled on average for two and a half minutes, while the M. vaccae-injected animals swam for four. It’s already been established that antidepressants increase active swimming and decrease immobility. Interestingly, the soil organism “had the exact same effect as antidepressant drugs,” explained Lowry.
The researchers believe that an immune reaction to the microbe activates the release of brain serotonin. Low levels of this important neurotransmitter are linked with a range of disorders, including aggression, anxiety, depression, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), bipolar disorder, irritable bowel and fibromyalgia.
The results so far suggest that simply inhaling M. vaccae - you get a dose just by taking a walk in the wild or rooting around in the garden - could help elicit a jolly state of mind. “You can also ingest mycobacteria either through water sources or through eating plants- lettuce that you pick from the garden, or carrots,” Lowry says.
Graham Rook, an immunologist at University College, London and coauthor of the paper, points out that depression may partly be an inflammatory disorder. By triggering immune cells that diminish the inflammatory response to allergens, M. vaccae could actually ease inflammation and, in turn, depression.
Further studies on M. vaccae’s mood-boosting properties followed, one of which by Susan Jenks and Dorothy Mathews of Sage Colleges in Troy, New York. The team cultured the live organism and fed it to mice with Wonderbread and peanut butter.
"It was just amazing,” said Jenks about a stressful maze test used for the rodents. “We would place them in the maze and could clearly see that there were some mice doing better than others.
We would think: ‘Is that the M. vaccae [mouse]?’ And sure enough it was.” She adds, “What our research suggests is that eating, touching, and breathing a soil organism may be tied to the development of our immune system and our nervous system.”
The takeaway from all this? If you struggle with depression or immune disregulation, gardening without gloves and spending time in nature may be just what the doctor ordered. Or, as Danielle Mariott writes in a piece for Backcountry magazine, “Get outside, get in the dirt, get happy.”
No End To Coverups March 22 2024 | From: PaulCraigRoberts Craig Roberts (yes, there are two of us) is a former US Marine and a 27-year veteran of the Tulsa, Oklahoma, police force. He is a capable and committed person.
Since 1989 he has written 13 books. His latest, just published, Medusa File II, consists essentially of his voluminous files of the investigation of the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City on April 19th, 1995, known as “the Oklahoma City Bombing.”
The FBI, appreciative of Roberts’ capabilities, requested his service in the investigation. As officially part of the investigation, he took the investigation seriously. The investigation proceeded rapidly, developing many leads.
Numerous witnesses saw Timothy McVeigh with many dark complexioned men prior to and just after the bombing. Leads were also developed to militias in Elohim City, to the German, Strassmeir, and others.
Before any of these leads could be developed, the investigation was taken over by President Bill Clinton’s Attorney General, Janet Reno.
Once Washington took over, the investigation stopped. In its place was Washington’s theory that it was Tim McVeigh’s lonely protest.
The volumnious evidence of McVeigh’s accomplices or controllers, as might have been the case, was in the way of the official story that imposed itself on the investigation. Many people resisted the coverup that descended on the case, including local journalists who eventually lost their jobs or moved on.
Roberts stuck it out to the end. So did black Oklahoma City Police sgt. Terrance Yeakey. For resisting the official story Yeakey paid with his life. Roberts provides the reasons he believes Yeakey had definitive evidence that the official story was a coverup. The OCPD was called off once the official story was in place, but Yeakey wouldn’t quit and became a problem.
The official OCPD report says it was suicide, but Roberts recognizes homicide when he sees it. There was no autopsy and the police refused to release the police report to Yeakey’s family. Being black, they had little recourse.
Remaining skeptics were dismissed as “conspiracy theorists,” and that was the end of the case.
One of the striking details that Roberts provides is that in the immediate aftermath of the bombing with rescue workers removing dead and wounded from the rubble, numerous federal agents appeared, ordered the rescue workers out of the building on the grounds that there were still unexploded bombs in the building.
Then with the trapped still under the rubble, all rescue efforts halted until the federal agents had removed file cabinets from the building.
Roberts speculates that the cabinets contained the files of the Mena drug running operation that many believe involved Arkansas governor Bill Clinton, and that President Clinton and Janet Reno didn’t want these files to see the light of day.
For an official explanation of the case that relies solely on McVeigh’s “truck bomb,” the federal agents’ statement that unexploded bombs remained in the building is a conundrum.
If there were unexploded bombs remaining in the building, how could it be that McVeigh was the lone wolf perpetrator?
It reminded me of General Benton Partin, a US Air Force explosive expert, who produced a detailed report proving that the Murrah building blew up from the inside out, not from the outside in. Of course, by the time Gen. Partin got his study completed, the fix was in, and there was to be no challenge to, or reconsidering of, the official cover story.
Roberts doesn’t know who did the bombing or why. All he knows is that leads were not followed and the case was solved by Washington and not by an investigation.
Just like the assassination of JFK.
Just like the assassination of RFK.
Just like the assassination of Martin Luther King.
Just like 9/11.
Just like Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction.”
Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of September 20 2017 | From: SOTT A CIA whistleblower, Kevin Shipp, has emerged from the wolves den to expose the deep state and the shadow government which he calls two entirely separate entities.
"The shadow government controls the deep state and manipulates our elected government behind the scenes," Shipp warned in a recent talk at a Geoengineeringwatch.org conference.
Shipp had a series of slides explaining how the deep state and shadow government functions as well as the horrific crimes they are committing against U.S. citizens.
Some of the revelations the former CIA anti-terrorism counter intelligence officer revealed included that "Google Earth was set up through the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency and InQtel."
Indeed he is correct, the CIA and NGA owned the company Google acquired, Keyhole Inc., paying an undisclosed sum for the company to turn its tech into what we now know as Google Earth.
Another curious investor in Keyhole Inc. was none other than the venture capital firm In-Q-Tel run by the CIA according to a press release at the time.
Shipp also disclosed that the agency known as the Joint Special Ops Command (JSOC) is the "president's secret army" which he can use for secret assassinations, overturning governments and things the American people don't know about.
FBI warrantless searches violate the Fourth Amendment with national security letters, which Shipp noted enables them to walk into your employer's office and demand all your financial records and if he or she says anything about them being there they can put your supervisor in jail or drop a case against themselves using the "State's Secret Privilege law."
"The top of the shadow government is the National Security Agency and the Central Intelligence Agency," Shipp said.
Shipp expressed that the CIA was created through the Council on Foreign relations with no congressional approval, and historically the CFR is also tied into the mainstream media (MSM.)
He elaborated that the CIA was the "central node" of the shadow government and controlled all of the other 16 intelligence agencies despite the existence of the DNI.
The agency also controls defense and intelligence contractors, can manipulate the president and political decisions, has the power to start wars, torture, initiate coups, and commit false flag attacks he said.
As Shipp stated, the CIA was created through executive order by then President Harry Truman by the signing of the National Security Act of 1947.
According to Shipp, the deep state is comprised of the military industrial complex, intelligence contractors, defense contractors, MIC lobbyist, Wall St (offshore accounts), Federal Reserve, IMF/World Bank, Treasury, Foreign lobbyists, and Central Banks.
In the shocking, explosive presentation, Shipp went on to express that there are "over 10,000 secret sites in the U.S." that formed after 9/11. There are "1,291 secret government agencies, 1,931 large private corporations and over 4,800,000 Americans that he knows of who have a secrecy clearance, and 854,000 who have Top Secret clearance, explaining they signed their lives away bound by an agreement.
He also detailed how Congress is owned by the Military Industrial Complex through the Congressional Armed Services Committee (48 senior members of Congress) giving those members money in return for a vote on the spending bill for the military and intelligence budget.
He even touched on what he called the "secret intelligence industrial complex," which he called the center of the shadow government including the CIA, NSA, NRO, and NGA.
Shipp further stated that around the "secret intelligence industrial complex" you have the big five conglomerate of intelligence contractors - Leidos Holdings, CSRA, CACI, SAIC, and Booz Allen Hamilton.
He noted that the work they do is "top secret and unreported."
The whistleblower remarked that these intelligence contractors are accountable to no one including Congress, echoing the words of Senator Daniel Inouye when he himself blew the whistle on the shadow government during the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987.
At the time Inouye expressed that the "shadow government had its own funding mechanism, shadowy Navy, and Air Force freedom to pursue its own goals free from all checks and balances and free from the law itself."
Shipp further added that the shadow government and elected government were in the midst of a visible cold war.
So who is Shipp and is he credible as a whistleblower, does he have credentials for the CIA? Aim.orgwrote:
"Shipp held several high-level positions in the CIA. He was assigned as a protective agent for the Director of Central Intelligence, a counterintelligence investigator, a Counter Terrorism Center officer, a team leader protecting sensitive CIA assets from assassination, a manager of high-risk protective operations, a lead instructor for members of allied governments, an internal staff security investigator, and a polygraph examiner.
He was tasked with protecting the CIA from foreign agent penetration and the chief of training for the CIA federal police force. Mr. Shipp functioned as program manager for the Department of State, Diplomatic Security, and Anti Terrorism Assistance global police training program.
Shipp noted he was working with former NSA whistleblower William Binney but didn't state what the two were working on together. Shipp is highly credible and may just be the highest level whistleblower.
This leak is huge. He has been previously mentioned in the New York Times for blowing the whistle on the mistreatment of him and his family when they were put in a mold-contaminated home.
He is also mentioned in a WikiLeaks cable during the GiFiles that I was able to dig up. Is this the beginning of whistleblowers coming forward to end the shadow government and deep state? You can watch Shipp's full explosive presentation below.
CURRENT AFFAIRS
Pedophilia Network of Cops Busted Raping and Filming Cadets to Make Child Porn
Related:
1. Scotland, Britain
1. Paddock had been radicalized, either for real or as part of a cover as he had the hallmarks of an intelligence agency cutout. Intelligence agencies were behind the rise of ISIS.
